Patent Publication Number: US-2023160714-A1

Title: User interfaces for maps and navigation

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 17/485,344, filed Sep. 25, 2021, and published on Dec. 8, 2022 as U.S. Publication No. 2022-0391074, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/197,587, filed Jun. 7, 2021, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties for all purposes. 
    
    
     FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     This disclosure relates generally to user interfaces that enable a user to view maps, including maps that include navigation routes. 
     BACKGROUND OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     User interaction with electronic devices has increased significantly in recent years. These devices can be devices such as computers, tablet computers, televisions, multimedia devices, mobile devices, and the like. 
     In some circumstances, an electronic device displays map user interfaces. In some circumstances, map user interfaces display suggested directions, routes, and/or representations of (e.g., physical) objects. 
     SUMMARY OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting navigation routes from various perspectives. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to modifying display of representations of (e.g., physical) objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps in response to requests to search for (e.g., physical) objects. 
     The embodiments described in this disclosure provide the user with the ability to view representations of navigation routes and (e.g., physical) objects on a map. Techniques described herein enhance the user&#39;s overall experience and interactions with the device. By modifying display of the representations of navigation routes and (e.g., physical) objects on the map in various situations, embodiments also decrease user interaction time, which is particularly important where input devices are battery-operated. 
     It is well understood that the use of personally identifiable information should follow privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining the privacy of users. In particular, personally identifiable information data should be managed and handled so as to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use, and the nature of authorized use should be clearly indicated to users. 
     The full descriptions of the embodiments are provided in the Drawings and the Detailed Description, and it is understood that the Summary provided above does not limit the scope of the disclosure in any way. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Detailed Description below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  5 B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  5 C- 5 D  illustrate exemplary components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensors in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  5 E- 5 H  illustrate exemplary components and user interfaces of a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  6 A- 6 Q  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents navigation routes from various perspectives in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  8 A- 8 H  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device modifies display of representations of (e.g., physical) objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of modifying display of representations of (e.g., physical) objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  10 A- 10 J  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device modifies display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  12 A- 12 H  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS.  14 A- 14 Q  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps in response to requests to search for (e.g., physical) objects in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient user interfaces and mechanisms for user interaction with maps. In some implementations, an electronic device presents navigation routes from various perspectives. In some implementations, an electronic device modifies display of representations of (e.g., physical) objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions. In some implementations, an electronic device modifies display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map. In some implementations, an electronic device presents representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps. In some implementations, an electronic device presents representations of (e.g., physical) objects in maps in response to requests to search for (e.g., physical) objects. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who uses such devices while presenting navigation routes and representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a maps user interface. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs. 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a portable computing system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system (e.g., an integrated display, touch screen  112 , etc.). In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system (e.g., an external monitor, a projection system, etc.). As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller  156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content. 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG.  1 A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG.  1 A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG.  2   ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG.  2   ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG.  2   ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors  164  and/or one or more depth camera sensors  175 ), such as for tracking a user&#39;s gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG.  1 A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG.  1 A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG.  1 A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG.  1 A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS.  1 A and  3   . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  154 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG.  1 A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG.  1 B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG.  1 A ) or  370  ( FIG.  3   ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ), event 2 ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG.  2    illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     In some embodiments, stylus  203  is an active device and includes one or more electronic circuitry. For example, stylus  203  includes one or more sensors, and one or more communication circuitry (such as communication module  128  and/or RF circuitry  108 ). In some embodiments, stylus  203  includes one or more processors and power systems (e.g., similar to power system  162 ). In some embodiments, stylus  203  includes an accelerometer (such as accelerometer  168 ), magnetometer, and/or gyroscope that is able to determine the position, angle, location, and/or other physical characteristics of stylus  203  (e.g., such as whether the stylus is placed down, angled toward or away from a device, and/or near or far from a device). In some embodiments, stylus  203  is in communication with an electronic device (e.g., via communication circuitry, over a wireless communication protocol such as Bluetooth) and transmits sensor data to the electronic device. In some embodiments, stylus  203  is able to determine (e.g., via the accelerometer or other sensors) whether the user is holding the device. In some embodiments, stylus  203  can accept tap inputs (e.g., single tap or double tap) on stylus  203  (e.g., received by the accelerometer or other sensors) from the user and interpret the input as a command or request to perform a function or change to a different input mode. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG.  3    is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG.  1 A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG.  1 A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG.  3    is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG.  4 A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136     
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG.  4 A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG.  4 B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG.  3   ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG.  3   ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG.  4 B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG.  4 B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG.  4 B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG.  4 B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG.  4 B,  460    corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG.  4 B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG.  5 A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS.  1 A- 4 B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG.  5 B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A,  1 B, and  3   . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including process  700 ,  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1500  ( FIGS.  7 ,  9 ,  11 ,  13 , and  15   ). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG.  5 B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer readable medium claims where the system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS.  1 A,  3 , and  5 A- 5 B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG.  3    or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG.  4 B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG.  1 A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG.  4 A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.5, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
       FIG.  5 C  illustrates detecting a plurality of contacts  552 A- 552 E on touch-sensitive display screen  504  with a plurality of intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D.  FIG.  5 C  additionally includes intensity diagrams that show the current intensity measurements of the intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D relative to units of intensity. In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors  524 A and  524 D are each 9 units of intensity, and the intensity measurements of intensity sensors  524 B and  524 C are each 7 units of intensity. In some implementations, an aggregate intensity is the sum of the intensity measurements of the plurality of intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity that is a portion of the aggregate intensity.  FIG.  5 D  illustrates assigning the aggregate intensity to contacts  552 A- 552 E based on their distance from the center of force  554 . In this example, each of contacts  552 A,  552 B, and  552 E are assigned an intensity of contact of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each of contacts  552 C and  552 D are assigned an intensity of contact of 4 intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity, A, in accordance with a predefined mathematical function, Ij=A·(Dj/ΣDi), where Dj is the distance of the respective contact j to the center of force, and/Di is the sum of the distances of all the respective contacts (e.g., i=1 to last) to the center of force. The operations described with reference to  FIGS.  5 C- 5 D  can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . In some embodiments, a characteristic intensity of a contact is based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the intensity sensors are used to determine a single characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity of a single contact). It should be noted that the intensity diagrams are not part of a displayed user interface, but are included in  FIGS.  5 C- 5 D  to aid the reader. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero. 
     In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
       FIGS.  5 E- 5 H  illustrate detection of a gesture that includes a press input that corresponds to an increase in intensity of a contact  562  from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITL”) in  FIG.  5 E , to an intensity above a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITD”) in  FIG.  5 H . The gesture performed with contact  562  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  560  while cursor  576  is displayed over application icon  572 B corresponding to App 2, on a displayed user interface  570  that includes application icons  572 A- 572 D displayed in predefined region  574 . In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on touch-sensitive display  504 . The intensity sensors detect the intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  560 . The device determines that the intensity of contact  562  peaked above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITD”). Contact  562  is maintained on touch-sensitive surface  560 . In response to the detection of the gesture, and in accordance with contact  562  having an intensity that goes above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITD”) during the gesture, reduced-scale representations  578 A- 578 C (e.g., thumbnails) of recently opened documents for App 2 are displayed, as shown in  FIGS.  5 F- 5 H . In some embodiments, the intensity, which is compared to the one or more intensity thresholds, is the characteristic intensity of a contact. It should be noted that the intensity diagram for contact  562  is not part of a displayed user interface, but is included in  FIGS.  5 E- 5 H  to aid the reader. 
     In some embodiments, the display of representations  578 A- 578 C includes an animation. For example, representation  578 A is initially displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG.  5 F . As the animation proceeds, representation  578 A moves upward and representation  578 B is displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG.  5 G . Then, representations  578 A moves upward,  578 B moves upward toward representation  578 A, and representation  578 C is displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG.  5 H . Representations  578 A- 578 C form an array above icon  572 B. In some embodiments, the animation progresses in accordance with an intensity of contact  562 , as shown in  FIGS.  5 F- 5 G , where the representations  578 A- 578 C appear and move upwards as the intensity of contact  562  increases toward the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITD”). In some embodiments, the intensity, on which the progress of the animation is based, is the characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations described with reference to  FIGS.  5 E- 5 H  can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 
     As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     In addition, in methods described herein where one or more steps are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple repetitions so that over the course of the repetitions all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met in different repetitions of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is satisfied, and a second step if the condition is not satisfied, then a person of ordinary skill would appreciate that the claimed steps are repeated until the condition has been both satisfied and not satisfied, in no particular order. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are contingent upon one or more conditions having been met could be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each of the conditions described in the method has been met. This, however, is not required of system or computer readable medium claims where the system or computer readable medium contains instructions for performing the contingent operations based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions and thus is capable of determining whether the contingency has or has not been satisfied without explicitly repeating steps of a method until all of the conditions upon which steps in the method are contingent have been met. A person having ordinary skill in the art would also understand that, similar to a method with contingent steps, a system or computer readable storage medium can repeat the steps of a method as many times as are needed to ensure that all of the contingent steps have been performed. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
     User Interfaces and Associated Processes 
     User Interfaces for Presenting Navigation Maneuvers 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using electronic devices to present navigation directions from a first physical location to a second physical location. In some embodiments, presenting the navigation directions includes presenting a representation of the route line and one or more representations of physical objects in the physical vicinity of the route line. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents the representation of the route line from different perspectives depending on the navigation maneuver currently being depicted. Providing efficient manners of presenting navigation directions from different perspectives enhances interactions with a device, thus reducing the amount of time a user needs to interact with the device while navigating, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices and improves safety (e.g., while driving). It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 Q  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents navigation routes from various perspectives in accordance with some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG.  7   . Although  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Q  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG.  7   , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG.  7    in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS.  6 A- 6 Q . 
       FIGS.  6 A- 6 Q  illustrate various examples of user interfaces for viewing navigation directions on maps. For example, the electronic device displays an indication of the route from different perspectives depending on the maneuver being depicted. 
       FIG.  6 A  illustrates an example navigation user interface displayed by device on touch screen  504 . In some embodiments, the user interface includes an indication  602   a  of the next maneuver in the navigation directions, an indication  602   b  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the location of the next maneuver, an indication  602   c  of the street associated with the next maneuver (e.g., the street onto which the user will merge and/or turn), an option  604   a  to view an overview of the navigation directions, an option  604   b  to view settings related to audio guidance of the navigation route, an option  604   c  to report an incident along the navigation route, an indication  606   a  of the estimated time of arrival at the destination, an indication  606   b  of the estimated time remaining while navigating along the route, an indication  606   c  of the distance remaining along the route, and an option  606   d  to cause the electronic device  500  to display additional options related to the navigation directions. In some embodiments, the map further includes visual indications of points of interest (e.g., buildings, landmarks, public spaces, etc.) at locations on the map corresponding to the locations of the points of interest (e.g., in real life). In some embodiments, while presenting the map from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , the electronic device  500  presents the visual indications of the points of interest on top of the representations  616  of buildings corresponding to the points of interest (e.g., when the points of interest are located in buildings). In some embodiments, indications  602   a - d , options  604   a - c , indications  606   a - c , and option  606   d  are displayed overlaid on a map that includes an indication  608   a  of the route (e.g., a route line), an indication  612   a  of an overpass that intersects the route, an indication  614   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500 , and a plurality of representations  616  of buildings or other objects in the vicinity of the route. In some embodiments, the indication  608   a  of the route is displayed overlaid on representations of roads on the map corresponding to the route. In some embodiments, the indication  608   a  of the route is (e.g., partially) transparent so details of the representation of the road, such as lane markings, color, and the like are visible through the indication  608   a  of the route. In some embodiments, the indication  608   a  of the route includes a portion  610   a  that corresponds to a portion of the route at which the road corresponding to the route passes under overpass  612   a  (e.g., the user will navigate below overpass  612   a ). In some embodiments, the portion  610   a  of the route is displayed with one or more visual characteristics (e.g., translucency, color, width) that differ from the visual characteristics of the rest of the indication  608   a  of the route to indicate that the portion  610   a  of the route is occluded by the overpass corresponding to indication  612   a  (e.g., because the route goes under the overpass). In some embodiments, the visual effect is as if at least some aspects of the portion of route indication  608   a  that is under overpass  612   a  are visible through overpass  612   a . In some embodiments, portions of the representation  612   a  of the overpass that occlude the indication  608   a  of the route are visible through the portion  610   a  of indication  608   a  of the route line that is occluded by the representation  612   a  of the overpass. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the navigation directions (e.g., the view of the map, route indication  608   a , current location indication  614   a , etc.) from the perspective (e.g., zoom and angle) illustrated in  FIG.  6 A  while the current location of the electronic device  500  is greater than a threshold distance (e.g.,  400 ,  500 ,  600 ,  700 , etc. feet) from the location of the next maneuver of the navigation directions. In some embodiments, the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 A  is a slightly pitched overhead view of the indication  614   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500 . For example, the map is displayed from a viewpoint that is above and slightly behind the visual indication  614   a  of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the map is displayed from a bird&#39;s eye view. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the current location of the electronic device  500  update to a location within the threshold distance of the next maneuver of the navigation directions, the electronic device  500  presents an animated transition between presenting the navigation directions from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 A  to the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 C  or the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 D . 
       FIG.  6 B  illustrates an exemplary portion of an animated transition from displaying the navigation directions from a first perspective shown in  FIG.  6 A  to displaying the navigation directions from a second perspective shown in  FIG.  6 C  or the third perspective shown in  FIG.  6 D . In some embodiments, the animation includes animating a change in zoom and perspective from which the navigation directions are displayed. For example, in  FIG.  6 B , the level of zoom is greater than the level of zoom in  FIG.  6 A  and the angle of the virtual camera through which the navigation user interface is presented is a greater angle relative to gravity than the perspective in  FIG.  6 A  (e.g., the viewpoint from which the map is displayed is positioned further behind the indication  614  of the current location of the electronic device). In some embodiments, updating the level of zoom includes displaying indications  638   a - c  of lane lines on the road included in the navigation route, details of the representation  616   c  of the overpass, and details of roads not included in the navigation route (e.g., which were optionally not displayed at the level of zoom in  FIG.  6 A ) and scaling and/or correctly placing the indication  608   b  of the route to indicate which lane(s) the user should drive in to (e.g., safely and/or legally) execute the next maneuver of the navigation directions. For example, in  FIG.  6 A , the electronic device  500  displayed the indication  608   b  of the route overlaid on the full width of a representation of a road, but in  FIG.  6 B , the electronic device  500  displays the indication  608   b  of the route overlaid on the right two lanes of the representation of the road. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  scales the representation  614   b  of the current location of the electronic device to match the width of the indication  608   b  of the navigation route (e.g., to be the same width, 10% greater width, 20% greater width etc.). In some embodiments, a portion  608   c  of the indication  608   b  of the navigation route that represents a portion of the route that goes under the overpass corresponding to representation  612   b  is displayed with one or more visual characteristics (e.g., color, size, translucency) that differ from the visual characteristics of the rest of the indication  608   b  of the route. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 B , the electronic device  500  updates indications  602   b  and  606   c  in accordance with the updated position of the electronic device  500 . 
     In some embodiments, the animation continues until the electronic device  500  presents the user interface as shown in  FIG.  6 C  or  FIG.  6 D . For example,  FIG.  6 C  illustrates a user interface including a perspective view of the navigation directions. In some embodiments, the zoom level of the perspective in  FIG.  6 C  is greater than the zoom shown in  FIG.  6 B  and the angle of the virtual camera through which the navigation directions are displayed is a greater angle in  FIG.  6 C  than the angle in  FIG.  6 B  relative to a respective reference (e.g., gravity). For example, the viewpoint through which the map is displayed in  FIG.  6 C  is further behind the indication  614   c  of the current location of the route. In some embodiments, the perspective from which the navigation directions are shown in  FIGS.  6 B- 6 C  is associated with an exiting or merging maneuver and, as will be described below with reference to  FIGS.  6 F- 6 G , the electronic device  500  presents the navigation directions from a different perspective for different maneuvers, such as turns. In some embodiments, the map further includes visual indications of points of interest (e.g., buildings, landmarks, public spaces, etc.) at locations on the map corresponding to the locations of the points of interest (e.g., in real life). In some embodiments, while presenting the map from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 C , the electronic device  500  presents the visual indications of the points of interest on the sides of or next to the sides of the representations  616  of buildings corresponding to the points of interest (e.g., when the points of interest are located in buildings). For example, the indications of the points of interest are displayed at locations corresponding to the entrances of the buildings. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 C  includes an indication  618   a  of the exit the user will merge onto as part of the upcoming navigation maneuver, and is displayed at a location along the route/on the map corresponding to the exit. In some embodiments, the indication  608   d  of the navigation route indicates the lanes of the road in which the user should drive in order to (e.g., safely and/or legally) execute the upcoming maneuver. For example, as shown in  FIG.  6 C , the indication  608   d  of the route is overlaid on the right two lanes of the representation of the road and not overlaid on the left two lanes of the representation of the road. Thus, in some embodiments, the perspective from which the navigation directions are displayed in  FIG.  6 C  includes information about the upcoming maneuver that is not included in the perspective from which the navigation directions were displayed in  FIG.  6 A . In some embodiments, displaying the navigation directions with the perspective of  FIG.  6 C  includes displaying the indication  608   d  of the route overlaid on the rest of the map. For example, a portion  608   e  of the indication  608   d  of the route that corresponds to the route going under an overpass corresponding to representation  616   c  is presented overlaid on (e.g., occluding display of) the representation  616   c  of the overpass (e.g., even though the navigation route goes under the overpass). In some embodiments, the portion  608   e  of the indication  608   d  of the route is opaque. In some embodiments, the portion  608   e  of the indication  608   d  of the route is translucent. In some embodiments, the portion  608   e  of the indication  608   d  of the route that is displayed overlaid on the representation  616   c  of the overpass has the same visual characteristics (e.g., color, translucency, size, etc.) as other portions of the indication  608   d  of the route. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 C , the electronic device  500  updates indications  602   b  and  606   c  in accordance with the updated position of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, as the current location of the electronic device  500  continues to update as the electronic device moves, the electronic device continues to display the visual indication  614   c  of the current location of the electronic device at the appropriate position relative to the indication  608   d  of the route and continues to scale the indication  614   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  to the width of the indication  608   d  of the route (e.g., as the width of the indication  608   d  of the route changes). 
     In some embodiments, after displaying the animation illustrated in  FIG.  6 B , the electronic device (e.g., instead) displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 D . In some embodiments, the zoom level of the perspective in  FIG.  6 D  is greater than the zoom shown in  FIG.  6 B  and the angle of the virtual camera through which the navigation directions are displayed is a greater angle in  FIG.  6 D  than the angle in  FIG.  6 B  relative to a respective reference (e.g., gravity). For example, the viewpoint through which the map is displayed in  FIG.  6 C  is further behind the indication  614   c  of the current location of the route. In some embodiments, the perspective from which the navigation directions are shown in  FIG.  6 D  is associated with an exiting or merging maneuver and, as will be described below with reference to  FIGS.  6 F- 6 G , the electronic device  500  presents the navigation directions from a different perspective for different maneuvers, such as turns. In some embodiments, the map further includes visual indications of points of interest (e.g., buildings, landmarks, public spaces, etc.) at locations on the map corresponding to the locations of the points of interest (e.g., in real life). In some embodiments, while presenting the map from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 D , the electronic device  500  presents the visual indications of the points of interest on the sides of or next to the sides of the representations  616  of buildings corresponding to the points of interest (e.g., when the points of interest are located in buildings). For example, the indications of the points of interest are displayed at locations corresponding to the entrances of the buildings. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 D  includes an indication  618   a  of the exit the user will merge onto as part of the upcoming navigation maneuver, and is displayed at a location along the route/on the map corresponding to the exit. In some embodiments, the indication  608   f  of the navigation route indicates the lanes of the road in which the user should drive in order to (e.g., safely and/or legally) execute the upcoming maneuver. For example, as shown in  FIG.  6 D , the indication  608   f  of the route is overlaid on the right two lanes of the representation of the road and not overlaid on the left two lanes of the representation of the road. Thus, in some embodiments, the perspective from which the navigation directions are displayed in  FIG.  6 D  includes information about the upcoming maneuver that is not included in the perspective from which the navigation directions were displayed in  FIG.  6 A . In some embodiments, displaying the navigation directions with the perspective of  FIG.  6 D  includes displaying a portion  608   g  of the indication  608   f  of the route that corresponds to the route going under an overpass corresponding to representation  616   c  with one or more visual characteristics (e.g., color, translucency, size, etc.) different from the visual characteristics of other portions of the indication  608   f  of the route according to one or more steps of method  1100 . In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 D , the electronic device  500  updates indications  602   b  and  606   c  in accordance with the updated position of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, as the current location of the electronic device  500  continues to update as the electronic device moves, the electronic device continues to display the visual indication  614   c  of the current location of the electronic device at the appropriate position relative to the indication  608   f  of the route and continues to scale the indication  614   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  to the width of the indication  608   f  of the route (e.g., as the width of the indication  608   f  of the route changes). 
     In some embodiments, as the current location of the electronic device  500  continues to approach the location of the next maneuver of the navigation directions (e.g., and before the location of the next maneuver is reached), the electronic device  500  updates the perspective from which the navigation user interface is presented from the perspective of  FIG.  6 C or  6 D  to the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 E . In  FIG.  6 E , for example, the position and angle of the virtual camera move laterally with respect to the indication  614   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the camera moves to the left and the angle shifts to the right). In some embodiments, the degree and direction in which the perspective from which the map is displayed is updated as the electronic device  500  begins a maneuver is based on characteristics of the maneuver, such as the direction and turn radius with which the route turns. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the perspective in order to show a portion of the indication  608   f  of the route that has a predetermined length or in order to show a portion of the map proximate to the route that includes at least a predetermined number of points of interest or at least a predetermined area size proximate to the route. Thus, in some embodiments, the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 E  includes a larger portion of the indication  608   f  of the route line after the maneuver (e.g., turning to merge off of the current road) than what is shown in  FIGS.  6 C and  6 D . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates indications  602   b  and  606   c  in accordance with the updated position of the electronic device  500 . 
     Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the perspective from which the navigation route is presented in the manner illustrated in  FIGS.  6 A- 6 E  in accordance with a determination that the next maneuver is a maneuver of a first type (e.g., merging, exiting, etc.). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the perspective from which the navigation route is presented in a different manner in accordance with a determination that the next maneuver is of a second type (e.g., a turn), as will be described with reference to  FIGS.  6 F- 6 G . 
     For example,  FIG.  6 F  illustrates the electronic device  500  presenting the navigation directions from the same perspective as the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 A  while the next maneuver in the navigation directions is a turn from one road onto another.  FIG.  6 F  includes an indication  602   d  of the next maneuver, an indication  602   e  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the next maneuver, and an indication  602   f  of the street associated with the next maneuver (e.g., the street onto which the user will turn to perform the maneuver), for example. In some embodiments, the map included in the user interface includes an indication  608   a  of the route line, an indication  614   a  of the current location of the electronic device, a representation  620   a  of a portion of the road on which the user is currently driving that is not included in the route, an indication  620   b  of a portion of a road onto which the user will turn that is not included in the route, and indications  616  of a plurality of buildings in the vicinity of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the representation  608   a  of the route in a different color, style, pattern, etc. than the representations  620   a  and  620   b  of roads not included in the route. In some embodiments, the indication  608   a  of the route is displayed overlaid on representations of roads on the map corresponding to the route. In some embodiments, the indication  608   a  of the route is (e.g., partially) transparent so details of the representation of the road, such as lane markings, color, and the like are visible through the indication  608   a  of the route. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the navigation directions from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 F  while the current location of the electronic device  500  is at least a threshold distance (e.g.,  50 ,  100 ,  200 ,  300 ,  400 ,  500 ,  750 ,  1000 , etc. feet) from the location of the next maneuver in the navigation directions. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the current location of the electronic device is less than the threshold distance from the location of the next maneuver, the electronic device  500  presents an animated transition from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 F  to the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 G . 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 G  when the electronic device  500  is within a threshold distance of a respective navigation maneuver (e.g., a turn). In some embodiments, displaying the navigation directions from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 G  includes displaying the map from an overhead angle (e.g., an angle relative to gravity that is smaller than the angle of the perspective of  FIG.  6 F  relative to gravity) with a higher level of zoom than the level of zoom in  FIG.  6 F . In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the electronic device  500  is within the threshold distance of the respective navigation maneuver, the electronic device  500  maintains the same angle with which the map is presented as the angle illustrated in  FIG.  6 F  and increases the level of zoom with which the map is presented. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 G , the electronic device  500  displays indications  638   d  and  638   e  of lane lines of the road on which the user is currently driving and displays the route line  608   h  in the lane(s) in which the user should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming turn that were not displayed in  FIG.  6 F . Thus, in some embodiments, the perspective in  FIG.  6 G  includes additional information relevant to the maneuver that was not displayed from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 H . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  scales the indication  608   h  of the route to fit the width of the representation of the lane in which the user should drive to complete the maneuver and displays the indication  614   d  of the current location of the electronic device  500  at the same width as the indication  608   h  of the route. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the updated position of the electronic device  500 , the electronic device  500  updates indications  602   e ,  606   b , and  606   c  accordingly. In some embodiments, the map further includes visual indications of points of interest (e.g., buildings, landmarks, public spaces, etc.) at locations on the map corresponding to the locations of the points of interest (e.g., in real life). In some embodiments, while presenting the map from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 G , the electronic device  500  presents the visual indications of the points of interest on top of the representations  616  of buildings corresponding to the points of interest (e.g., when the points of interest are located in buildings). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the route is about to approach (e.g., heavy) traffic that will cause delays, the electronic device  500  updates the level of zoom with which the navigation directions are shown in order to show the (e.g., entire) portion of the route that includes the traffic, as will be described with reference to  FIGS.  6 H- 6 K . 
     In  FIG.  6 H , for example, the electronic device  500  presents the map from the same perspective as the perspective of  FIG.  6 A . In some embodiments, while the electronic device  500  presents the map as shown in  FIG.  6 H , the current location of the electronic device  500  is greater than a predetermined distance (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, etc. miles) or predetermined estimated time (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, etc. minutes) from hitting traffic, so the electronic device  500  does not adjust the zoom level of the virtual camera to show the (e.g., entire) section of the route that is in the upcoming traffic. 
     In some embodiments, once the electronic device  500  is within the predetermined time or distance of the beginning of the traffic, the electronic device  500  (e.g., without user input) updates the zoom with which the map is displayed to include the (e.g., entire) upcoming traffic. For example, in  FIG.  6 I , the electronic device  500  displays the map with a lower level of zoom than the level of zoom in  FIG.  6 H . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents portions  608   h  of the indication of the route at which there is no traffic or light traffic, portions  608   i  of the indication of the route at which there is moderate traffic, a portion  608   j  of the indication of the route at which there is heavy traffic, and a visual indication  622   a  indicating the estimated time remaining in traffic. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the various portions  608   h - j  of the indication of the route with different colors, patterns, translucencies, sizes, etc. to visually distinguish the portions  608   h - j  from each other. In some embodiments, the level of zoom with which the electronic device  500  displays the map in  FIG.  6 I  is selected to include the visual indication  614   e  of the current location of the electronic device  500  and at least a predetermined portion of the traffic (e.g., the end of the traffic). Thus, in some embodiments, the level of zoom depends on the length (e.g., distance) of the traffic remaining along the route (e.g., past the current location of the electronic device  500 ). In some embodiments, the angle from which the map is displayed in  FIG.  6 I  is the same as the angle from which the map is displayed in  FIG.  6 H . In some embodiments, the angle from which the map is displayed in  FIG.  6 I  is different from the angle with which the map is displayed in  FIG.  6 H . 
     In some embodiments, as the user drives through the traffic, thereby updating the location of the electronic device  500 , the electronic device  500  (e.g., without user input) adjusts the zoom level of the map to zoom into the map while maintaining the (e.g., entire) portion of the upcoming route that includes traffic. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  gradually zooms in as the electronic device  500  moves towards the end of the traffic. For example, in  FIG.  6 J , the electronic device  500  displays the map with a level of zoom that includes the indication  614   e  of the current location of the electronic device  500  and the end of the traffic along the route. In some embodiments, the zoom is increased as much as possible to include indication  614   e  of the current location of the electronic device  500  and the end of the traffic along the route. In some embodiments, the level of zoom updates as the current location of the electronic device  500  changes and/or the location of the end of the traffic changes. The electronic device  500  displays a portion  608   j  of the indication of the route at which there is heavy traffic, a portion  608   i  of the indication of the route at which there is moderate traffic, and a portion  608   h  of the indication of the route at which there is little or no traffic, for example. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an updated indication  622   b  of the estimated remaining time in traffic. 
     In some embodiments, once the user traverses the traffic, the electronic device  500  updates the perspective of the map to remain at a fixed zoom level that includes the visual indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., instead of adjusting the zoom based on the remaining portion of the route in traffic) until adjusting the zoom in response to detecting the electronic device  500  approach an upcoming maneuver or more traffic. For example,  FIG.  6 K  illustrates the electronic device  500  presenting the map in response to the user having driven through the traffic illustrated in  FIGS.  6 I- 6 J . In some embodiments, in  FIG.  6 K , the electronic device  500  presents the map at a higher level of zoom than the levels of zoom at which the electronic device  500  displayed the map in  FIGS.  6 I- 6 J  (e.g., the same level of zoom as the level of zoom in  FIG.  6 H  before the current location of the electronic device  500  entered the traffic). As shown in  FIG.  6 K , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the representation  608   a  of the route in a single color, style, pattern, etc. because no portion of the route being displayed by the electronic device  500  includes traffic. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 K , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via contact  603   k ) of a region  640  of the user interface including indications  602   g - i . In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 K , the electronic device  500  presents the navigation directions in a list view (e.g., obscuring display of the map). 
       FIG.  6 K  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the navigation directions in a list view while remaining in a navigation mode. In some embodiments, in the list view, the electronic device  500  displays a list of maneuvers included in the directions (e.g., without displaying a map, an indication of the route, or a representation of the current location of the electronic device). For example, the user interface includes a plurality of representations  626   a - d  of maneuvers included in the directions. In some embodiments, a representation  626   a  of one of the maneuvers includes an indication  628   a  of the maneuver to be performed, an indication  628   d  of the distance between the previous maneuver and the maneuver associated with the representation  626   a  (e.g., or, if the maneuver is the next maneuver, an indication of the distance between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the maneuver associated with the representation  626   a ), and a description  628   c  of the maneuver. In some embodiments, the other representations  626   b - d  of maneuvers include similar elements as the elements included in representation  626   a . In some embodiments, the user interface further includes a selectable option  624  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to cease display of the list view of the navigation directions and resume display of the navigation directions on a map (e.g., as shown in  FIG.  6 K ). 
     In some embodiments, the list of navigation directions is vertically scrollable to scroll to future or past maneuvers in the directions. For example, the electronic device  500  detects movement of contact  603 L corresponding to a request to scroll the navigation directions down. In some embodiments, in response to (e.g., a sequence of inputs including) the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 L , the electronic device  500  updates the user interface as shown in  FIG.  6 M . 
       FIG.  6 M  illustrates an example of the updated user interface in response to the user input illustrated in  FIG.  6 L . In some embodiments, scrolling the user interface reveals a representation  626   e  of the end of the route that was not displayed in  FIG.  6 L . In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 M , the electronic device  500  detects selection of one of the representations  626   d  of the maneuvers in the route. In response to the input illustrated in FIG.  6 M, the electronic device  500  optionally displays a map showing the maneuver corresponding to the selected representation, as shown in  FIG.  6 N . 
       FIG.  6 N  illustrates an example of the user interface presented by the electronic device  500  in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 M . For example, the electronic device  500  presents a map that includes an indication  608   k  of the route making the maneuver corresponding to the representation  626   d  selected in  FIG.  6 M . In some embodiments, the maneuver corresponds to an upcoming maneuver along the route. In some embodiments, the maneuver corresponds to a previous maneuver along the route. In some embodiments, the map further includes indications  630   a  and  630   b  of the names of the streets from which and onto which the user will turn when completing the maneuver and an indication  628  of the maneuver. In some embodiments, the map does not include an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  because the electronic device  500  is not located in the physical region represented by the boundaries of the map in  FIG.  6 N . In some embodiments, if the electronic device  500  is within the region represented by the map in  FIG.  6 N , the electronic device  500  would display an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, after a predetermined time (e.g., 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, etc. seconds) has passed since displaying the user interface in  FIG.  6 N , the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 M . In some embodiments, the user interface in  FIG.  6 N  further includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to display the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 M . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  6 M  in response to detecting selection of the indication  628  of the maneuver. 
     In some embodiments, whether or not the electronic device  500  is presenting navigation directions, the electronic device  500  presents maps that illustrate the elevation of the regions represented by the maps. For example, in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device  500  presents a map of the world at a far zoom level that displays a three-dimensional globe  642 . In some embodiments, while the electronic device  500  presents a map (e.g., without navigation directions), the electronic device  500  presents an option  636   a  to view map settings, an option  636   b  to pan the map to the current location of the electronic device  500 , and an option  636   c  to display the currently-displayed region from an on-the-ground perspective. In some embodiments, the options  636   a - c  are displayed overlaid on the map. In some embodiments, the user interface further includes a search box  634  into which the user is able to enter a landmark or address to search for on the map according to one or more steps of method  1500 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes presenting an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  in  FIG.  6 O  because the electronic device  500  is not located in the region represented by the side of globe  642  displayed in  FIG.  6 O . In some embodiments, if the current location of the electronic device  500  was in the region of the globe  642  displayed in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device  500  would include an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  on globe  642 . 
     As shown in  FIG.  6 O , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects movements of contacts  603   m  and  603   n  corresponding to a request to zoom the map in. In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device  500  presents a two-dimensional topographical map as shown in  FIG.  6 P . In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device  500  presents a three-dimensional map as shown in  FIG.  6 Q . For example, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a three-dimensional map, such as the map illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q , if there is a three-dimensional map available for the area in which the user zoomed in and displays a two-dimensional map, such as the map illustrated in  FIG.  6 P , if there is no three-dimensional map available for the area in which the user zoomed in. 
       FIG.  6 P  illustrates an example of a two-dimensional topographical map  644  displayed in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 O . In some embodiments, the topographical map  644  indicates the elevation of the region represented by the map by, for example, displaying the contours of the region using different colors, shading, patterns, etc. In some embodiments, the two-dimensional map includes two-dimensional indications of roads, buildings, and other physical objects in the region represented by the map. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 P , the electronic device  500  displays options  636   a - c  overlaid on the topographical map  644 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes presenting an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  in  FIG.  6 P  because the electronic device  500  is not located in the region represented by map  644  displayed in  FIG.  6 P . In some embodiments, if the current location of the electronic device  500  was in the region of the map  644  displayed in  FIG.  6 P , the electronic device  500  would include an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  within map  644 . 
       FIG.  6 Q  illustrates an example three-dimensional map  646  displayed in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  6 O . In some embodiments, the three-dimensional map  646  includes a three-dimensional representation of a region that indicates the elevation in the region. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional map includes three-dimensional indications of roads, buildings, and other physical objects in the region represented by the map. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  6 Q , the electronic device  500  displays options  636   a - c  overlaid on the topographical map  644 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes presenting an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  in  FIG.  6 Q  because the electronic device  500  is not located in the region represented by map  646  displayed in  FIG.  6 Q . In some embodiments, if the current location of the electronic device  500  was in the region of the map  646  displayed in  FIG.  6 Q , the electronic device  500  would include an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  within map  646 . 
     In some embodiments, three-dimensional maps, such as the map  646  illustrated in  FIG.  6 Q , are not available for every region in the world. In some embodiments, when a three-dimensional map is not available for a respective region, the electronic device  500  displays a two-dimensional topographical map of the region similar to the map  644  illustrated in  FIG.  6 P . In some embodiments, a three-dimensional map and a two-dimensional topographical map are available for (e.g., some, all) regions and the electronic device  500  displays either a three-dimensional map or a two-dimensional topographical map depending on a setting or mode selected by the user of the electronic device  500 . 
       FIG.  7    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives in accordance with some embodiments. The method  700  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , and device  500 , as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 H . Some operations in method  700  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  700  provides ways in which an electronic device presents navigation routes from various perspectives in accordance with some embodiments. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , method  700  is performed at an electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the electronic device is a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device), optionally in communication with one or more of a mouse (e.g., external), trackpad (optionally integrated or external), remote control device (e.g., external), another mobile device (e.g., separate from the electronic device), a handheld device (e.g., external), and/or a controller (e.g., external, etc.), or a set-top box in communication one or more input devices (e.g., a remote control). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display), external display such as a monitor, projector, television, or a hardware component (optionally integrated or external) for projecting a user interface or causing a user interface to be visible to one or more users, etc. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location (e.g., such as described with reference to methods  900  and/or  1100 ), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 702 ), via the display generation component, an indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on a representation of a map displayed from a first perspective. In some embodiments, navigating along the route includes presenting navigation directions from the first physical location to the second physical location in a manner that is synchronized with the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the indication of the route (e.g., a route line) is displayed overlaid on one or more roads, streets, etc. included in the route. For example, roads and streets not included in the route are displayed in a first plurality of colors (e.g., colors corresponding to the colors of the roads and streets in real life) and the indication of the route is displayed in a second color different from the first plurality of colors (e.g., blue, green, yellow, red, orange), such as overlaid on the roads/streets. In some embodiments, the route line has one or more of the characteristics of the route lines described with reference to methods  900  and/or  1100 . In some embodiments, the first perspective refers to the zoom level and/or pose (e.g., position and angle) of a virtual camera relative to an indication of the current location of the electronic device that defines the field of view in which the representation of the map is presented. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 A , in accordance with a determination that an upcoming maneuver of the route satisfies one or more first criteria ( 704 ), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 706 ), via the display generation component, an animated transition from displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route displayed from the first perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 A , to displaying the indication of the route (e.g.,  608   d ) on the representation of the map displayed from a second perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 C , wherein an angle of the first perspective relative to a respective reference (e.g., gravity) is different than (e.g., less than, greater than) an angle of the second perspective relative to the respective reference. In some embodiments, the zoom level of the first perspective is different from the zoom level of the second perspective. In some embodiments, the pose of a virtual camera relative to an indication of the current location of the electronic device of the first perspective is different from the pose of the virtual camera relative to the indication of the current location of the electronic device of the second perspective. In some embodiments, the angle of the virtual camera (e.g., relative to gravity) of the first perspective is different from the angle of the virtual camera (e.g., relative to gravity) of the second perspective. For example, the first perspective is a zoomed out, slightly pitched view of the indication of current location of the electronic device and the indication of the route from the second perspective is a zoomed in, more pitched view of the indication of the current location of the electronic device and the indication of the route. In some embodiments, the animated transition includes gradually changing the zoom and/or pose of the virtual camera. In some embodiments, the first perspective is a slightly pitched view generated by a virtual camera at a first virtual distance and/or zoom relative to the current location of the electronic device and the second perspective is a “windshield” view with a greater angle relative to gravity and a virtual distance and/or zoom relative to the current location of the electronic device that is closer than the first virtual distance and/or zoom. In some embodiments, the one or more first criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the location of the maneuver is less than a threshold distance from the location of the electronic device (e.g., 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500, 800, 1000, etc. meters). In some embodiments, the one or more first criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the type of the upcoming maneuver matches a predetermined maneuver type, such as turning, exiting, merging, etc. In some embodiments, the one or more criteria are not satisfied if the maneuver is more than the threshold distance from the location of the electronic device or if the maneuver is a type not included in the predetermined maneuver types, such as continuing straight. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route on the representation (e.g.,  608   a ) of the map displayed from the first perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 A , in accordance with a determination that an upcoming maneuver of the route satisfies one or more first criteria ( 704 ), after displaying the animated transition, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 708 ), via the display generation component, the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the second perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 C . In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route with the second perspective includes displaying the route with information about the maneuver not displayed while displaying the indication of the route with the first perspective. For example, displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective does not include displaying an indication of which lane of the road the user should drive in to (e.g., safely, legally) execute a maneuver and displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective includes displaying an indication of which lane of the road the user should drive in to (e.g., safely, legally) execute the maneuver. The above-described manner of displaying the animated transition from the first perspective to the second perspective in accordance with the determination that the upcoming maneuver satisfies the one or more criteria provides an efficient way of presenting information relevant to the upcoming maneuver, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays an indication (e.g.,  614   a ) of a current location of the electronic device with a first size. In some embodiments, the indication of the current location of the electronic device indicates the position and orientation of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the size of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is at least the size of the width of the indication of the route. In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective, the electronic device displays the indication of the current location of the electronic device at a size that is larger than the width of the indication of the route (e.g., 110%, 120%, 140%, etc. the width of the indication of the route). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the second perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the indication (e.g.,  614   c ) of the current location of the electronic device with a second size different from the first size. In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the current location of the electronic device from the second perspective, the electronic device displays the indication of the current location of the electronic device at a size that is (e.g., substantially) the same as the width of the indication of the route. In some embodiments, the width of the indication of the route is larger while displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective than the width of the indication of the route while displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective and the indication of the current location of the electronic device is larger while displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective than the indication of the current location of the electronic device while displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the current location of the electronic device with the first size while displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective and displaying the indication of the current location of the electronic device with the second size while displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective provides an efficient way of displaying the indication of the current location of the electronic device at a visible size when displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective and the second perspective which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective includes displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route with a first size, such as in  FIG.  6 A , and displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the second perspective includes displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route with a second size different from the first size, such as in  FIG.  6 C . In some embodiments the second perspective includes a greater level of zoom than the first perspective and the second size is greater than the first size. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route at different sizes when displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective and second perspective provides an efficient way of presenting the indication of the route at a visible size from the first perspective and the second perspective which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays a first portion (e.g.,  610   a ) of the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route that is occluded by a representation (e.g.,  612   a ) of a first physical object with a first visual characteristic, and displays a second portion (e.g.,  608   a ) of the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route that is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  612   a ) of the first physical object with a second visual characteristic different from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, displaying the first portion of the indication of the route with the first visual characteristic includes displaying the second portion of the indication of the route with a greater degree of translucency and/or a different color from the degree of translucency and/or color with which the second portion of the indication of the route is displayed with the second visual characteristic in accordance with one or more steps of method  1100 . In some embodiments the first portion of the indication of the route is displayed overlaid on the representation of the first physical object even if the first physical object is above the route in real life. In some embodiments, the representation of the first physical object is above the representation of the route. In some embodiments the representation of the first physical object is laterally adjacent to the indication of the route, but occludes the first portion of the indication of the route due to the perspective with which the indication of the route is displayed by the electronic device (e.g., the representation of the first physical object is between the viewpoint from which the indication of the route is displayed and the first portion of the indication of the route). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the second perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays a third portion (e.g.,  1008   e ) (e.g., the third portion is the same as the first portion, the third portion is different from the first portion) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route that is occluded by a representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of a second physical object, and displays a fourth portion (e.g.,  1008   d ) (e.g., the fourth portion is the same as the second portion, the fourth portion is different from the second portion) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route that is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the second physical object with a third visual characteristic. In some embodiments the third visual characteristic is the same as the first visual characteristic (e.g., same color, same level of translucency, etc.). In some embodiments the third visual characteristic is different from the first visual characteristic (e.g., different color, different level of translucency, etc.). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the third portion of the indication of the route that is occluded by the representation of the second physical object with the third visual characteristic. In some embodiments, while displaying the representation of the map from the first perspective, the electronic device modifies display of portions of the indication of the route that are occluded by representations of physical objects and while displaying representations of the map from the second perspective, the electronic device forgoes display of portions of the indication of the route that are occluded by representations of physical objects, optionally in accordance with one or more steps of method  1100 . The above-described manner of displaying the first portion of the indication of the route with the first visual characteristic and displaying the second portion of the indication of the route with the second visual characteristic provides an efficient way of maintaining display of portions of the route that are occluded by representations of physical objects while displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays an indication (e.g.,  614   a ) of a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ). In some embodiments the indication of the current location of the electronic device indicates a location and orientation of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a first portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the indication (e.g.,  1010   c ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is occluded by (e.g., at a location corresponding to) a representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of a first physical object, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the first portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the indication (e.g.,  1010   c ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) with a first visual characteristic, such as the visual characteristics illustrated in  FIG.  10 F , but from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  6 A , for example. In some embodiments, the first portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is a subset of the indication of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the first portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is the entire indication of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the first portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is displayed overlaid on the representation of the first physical object even though the representation of the first physical object occludes the first portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the indication (e.g.,  614   a ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is not occluded by (e.g., at the location corresponding to) the representation (e.g.,  612   a ) of the first physical object (and is not included by any other representations of other physical objects included in the map), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the first portion of the indication (e.g.,  614   a ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) with a second visual characteristic different from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic is a different color from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic is a lesser degree of translucency than the first visual characteristic. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the second perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the indication (e.g.,  614   c ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that a second portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) (e.g., the second portion is the same as the first portion, the second portion is different from the first portion) of the indication (e.g.,  1010   c ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is occluded by (e.g., at a location corresponding to) a representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of a second physical object, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the second portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the second indication (e.g.,  1010   c ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) with a third visual characteristic (e.g., the third visual characteristic is the same as the first visual characteristic, the third visual characteristic is different from the first visual characteristic). In some embodiments, the second portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is a subset of the indication of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the second portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is the entire indication of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the second portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device is displayed overlaid on the representation of the second physical object even though the representation of the second physical object occludes the second portion of the indication of the current location of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the indication (e.g.,  614   c ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is not occluded by (e.g., at the location corresponding to) the representation (e.g.,  616   c ) of the second physical object, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the second portion of the indication (e.g.,  500 ) of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) with a fourth visual characteristic (e.g., the fourth visual characteristic is the same as the second visual characteristic, the fourth visual characteristic is different from the second visual characteristic) different from the third visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the fourth visual characteristic is a different color from the third visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the fourth visual characteristic is a lesser degree of translucency than the third visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays portions of the indication of the current location of the electronic device that are occluded by representations of physical objects with different visual characteristics from the visual characteristics of portions of the indication of the current location of the electronic device that are not occluded by representations of physical objects according to one or more steps of method  1100 , while displaying the indication of the map from the first perspective and second perspective. The above-described manner of displaying portions of the indication of the current location of the electronic device with different visual characteristics if the portions are occluded by representations of physical objects provides an efficient way of maintaining visibility of the entire indication of the current location of the electronic device at the first perspective and the second perspective, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective, in accordance with a determination that an elevation of a topography of the map at a current location of the electronic device is a first elevation, the second perspective is at a first respective elevation corresponding to the first elevation of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ). In some embodiments the first elevation of the second perspective is an elevation from which a representation of the current location of the electronic device is visible on the representation of the map. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective, in accordance with a determination that an elevation of the topography of the map at the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is a second elevation different from the first elevation, the second perspective is at a second respective elevation corresponding to the second elevation of the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ). In some embodiments, the second elevation of the second perspective is an elevation from which a representation of the current location of the electronic device is visible on the representation of the map. In some embodiments, the elevation of the second perspective is based on the elevation of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the level of zoom with which the electronic device displays the representation of the map is based on the topography of the map (e.g., to ensure that an indication of the current location of the electronic device is visible in the map, is displayed at a respective size in the map, etc.). The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective with an elevation based on the elevation of the current location of the electronic device provides an efficient way of ensuring that an indication of the current location of the electronic device is visible on the representation of the map displayed from the second perspective, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component in a list user interface (e.g., that does not include the map), such as in  FIG.  6 M , a plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   b - 636   e ) of a plurality of maneuvers of the route. In some embodiments, the plurality of visual indications of the plurality of maneuvers each include an indication of the maneuver to be performed, an indication of the location of the maneuver (e.g., a street at which the maneuver is to be performed), and an indication of a distance between the maneuver and a previous maneuver in the navigation directions. In some embodiments, the plurality of maneuvers of the route include both past (e.g., maneuvers already completed/traversed by the electronic device) and future maneuvers in the route (e.g., the list includes all of the maneuvers in the route). 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   b - 626   e ) of the plurality of maneuvers of the route, such as in  FIG.  6 M , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contact  603   m ) corresponding to selection of a respective visual indication (e.g.,  626   d ) of the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   b - 626   e ) of the plurality of maneuvers of the route. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   b - 626   e ) of the plurality of maneuvers of the route, such as in  FIG.  6 M , in response to receiving the input (e.g., via contact  603   m ) corresponding to selection of the respective (e.g.,  626   d ) visual indication, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a portion of the indication (e.g.,  608   k ) of the route on the representation of the map that corresponds to the respective visual indication, such as in  FIG.  6 N . In some embodiments, in response to receiving an input corresponding to selection of a second visual indication different from the respective visual indication, the electronic device displays a portion of the indication of the route on the representation of the map that corresponds to the second visual indication. In some embodiments, the portion of the indication of the route illustrates the maneuver corresponding to the respective visual indication. The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the indication of the route on the representation of the map that corresponds to the respective visual indication in response to receiving selection of the respective visual indication provides an efficient way of viewing upcoming maneuvers on a map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, a first plurality of visual indications corresponding to maneuvers that have already been performed are displayed with a different visual characteristic from a second plurality of visual indications corresponding to maneuvers that have not yet been performed. For example, visual indications of maneuvers that have already been performed are blurred and or darkened relative to visual indications of maneuvers that have not yet been performed. In some embodiments, the electronic device automatically scrolls the plurality of visual indications as the user navigates the route so that the next maneuver is at a respective position (e.g., the top) in the list user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contact  603   k ) corresponding to a request to display the list user interface (e.g., that does not include the representation of the map) including the plurality of visual indications of the plurality of maneuvers of the route, such as in  FIG.  6 K . In some embodiments the input corresponding to the request to display the user interface is selection of a respective region or element of the user interface including the indication of the route on the representation of the map. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input (e.g., via contact  603   k ) corresponding to the request to display the list user interface, such as in  FIG.  6 K , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the list user interface including displaying a second respective visual indication (e.g.,  626   a ) of the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   a - 626   d ) of the plurality of maneuvers of the route at a respective location in (e.g., at the top of) the list user interface, such as in  FIG.  6 L , wherein the second respective visual indication (e.g.,  626   a ) corresponds to a next maneuver in the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device initially displays the list user interface with the second respective visual indication corresponding to the next maneuver in the route displayed at the top of the list user interface. in some embodiments, as the user of the electronic device navigates the route, the electronic device automatically scrolls the list user interface so that the next maneuver in the route is displayed at the top of the list user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the list user interface, such as in  FIG.  6 L , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contact  603 L) corresponding to a request to scroll the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   a - 626   d ) of the plurality of maneuvers of the route. In some embodiments, receiving the input includes detecting movement of a contact on the display generation component (e.g., a touch screen) that is displaying the list user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the list user interface, such as in  FIG.  6 L , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to scroll the one or more visual indications (e.g.,  626   a - 626   d ) of the one or more maneuvers of the route, in accordance with a determination that the input corresponding to the request to scroll the plurality of visual indications of the plurality of maneuvers of the route is a request to scroll in a first direction (e.g., up, left), such as in  FIG.  6 L , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) scrolls to a third respective visual indication (e.g.,  626   e ) of the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   b - 626   e ) corresponding to a previous maneuver of the route, such as in  FIG.  6 M . In some embodiments, the user of the electronic device has already executed the previous maneuver of the route. In some embodiments, the location of the previous maneuver of the route is at a location of the route that is prior to a current location of the electronic device along the route. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the list user interface, such as in  FIG.  6 L , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to scroll the one or more visual indications (e.g.,  626   a - 626   d ) of the one or more maneuvers of the route, in accordance with a determination that the input corresponding to the request to scroll the plurality of visual indications (e.g.,  626   a - 626   d ) the plurality of maneuvers of the route is a request to scroll in a second direction (e.g., down, right) different from the first direction, such as an input similar to input illustrated in  FIG.  6 L , but in an opposite direction, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) scrolls to a fourth respective visual indication of the plurality of visual indications corresponding to an upcoming maneuver of the route, such as an indication displayed above indication  626   a  in  FIG.  6 L . In some embodiments, the user of the electronic device has not yet executed the upcoming maneuver rotated is embodiments the location of the upcoming maneuver of the route is at a location of the route that is after the current location of the electronic device along the route. In some embodiments, it is possible to scroll to a respective representation of any maneuver in the route irrespective of whether that maneuver is upcoming or already completed. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of a representation of a previous or upcoming maneuver, the electronic device displays a representation of the respective maneuver on a map. The above-described manner of scrolling to previous maneuvers of the route and scrolling to upcoming maneuvers of the route in the list view provides an efficient way of previewing upcoming maneuvers and reviewing previous maneuvers in the list user interface, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective includes displaying a visual indication (e.g.,  638   b ,  638   c ,  618   a ) associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route. For example, the visual indication is a visual indication of one or more lanes of a road in which the user of the electronic device should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete an upcoming maneuver of the route. For example, the visual indication includes display of the indication of lane lines on a road on which the user of the electronic device is driving (e.g., a road on which the electronic device is currently located) and displaying the representation of the route within one or more lanes in which the user of the electronic device should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective does not include displaying the visual indication associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route. In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective includes displaying the indication of the route and/or indications of one or more physical objects along the route (e.g., roads, lane lines, etc.) with less detail than the level of detail with which the indication of the route is displayed from the second perspective. The above-described manner of displaying the visual indication associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route while displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective provides an efficient way of providing additional details about an upcoming maneuver when the one or more first criteria for displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective are satisfied, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , the visual indication (e.g.,  638   b ,  638   c ) associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route includes a visual indication (e.g.,  638   b ,  638   c ) of lane lines of a road on which a current location of the device (e.g.,  500 ) is located (e.g., a road on which the user of the electronic device is currently driving). In some embodiments, while displaying the visual indication of the lane lines on the road on which the current location of the electronic device is located, the electronic device displays a visual indication of one or more lanes in which the user of the electronic device should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver. For example, the electronic device displays the visual indication of the route overlaid on the lanes in which the user of the electronic device should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver. In some embodiments, the electronic device forgoes display of the visual indication associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route while displaying the map from the first perspective. In some embodiments, the electronic device forgoes display of the visual indication of the lane lines while displaying the map from the first perspective. The above-described manner of displaying the visual indication of lane lines of the road on which the current location of the device is located while displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective provides an efficient way of presenting additional details about the upcoming maneuver when the one or more first criteria for displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective are satisfied, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , the visual indication associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route includes a visual indication (e.g.,  638   b ,  638   c ) of one or more respective lanes to drive in (e.g., and an indication of one or more respective lanes to not drive in) to complete the upcoming maneuver of the route. For example, the electronic device displays the visual indication of the route overlaid on the lanes in which the user of the electronic device should drive in (and not overlaid on the lanes in which the user should not drive in) order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver. In some embodiments, the electronic device forgoes display of the visual indication of one or more respective lanes to drive in the complete the upcoming maneuver of the route while displaying the map from the first perspective. The above-described manner of Displaying the visual indication of the one or more respective lanes to drive in to complete the upcoming maneuver of the route provides an efficient way of providing the user with information they need to execute the upcoming maneuver, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently by reducing the likelihood that the user is unable to execute the maneuver and has to take a detour. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 C , displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective includes displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route with a visual characteristic (e.g., size, alignment, position) corresponding to one or more lanes in which to drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver of the route (e.g., and not corresponding to one or more lanes in which to not drive in to complete the upcoming maneuver of the route). In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective includes displaying indications of lanes on the road on which the user of the electronic device is currently driving (e.g., a road on which the current location of the electronic device is located). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the indication of the route overlapping one or more lanes in which the user of the electronic device should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the indication of the route so that the indication of the route does not overlap one or more lanes in which the user of the electronic device should not drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver of the route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 A , displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective includes displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route with a visual characteristic (e.g., size, alignment, position) that is independent of one or more lanes in which to drive in to complete the upcoming maneuver of the route. In some embodiments, while the electronic device displays the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective, the electronic device forgoes displaying indications of the lanes of the road on which the user of the electronic device is currently driving (e.g., the road on which the current location of the electronic device is located). In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective, the electronic device displays the indication of the route centered on an indication of the road on which the route is located in a way that does not indicate one or more lanes in which the user of the electronic device should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete an upcoming maneuver of the route. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route with the visual characteristic corresponding to one or more lanes in which to drive in order to complete the upcoming maneuver of the route while displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective provides an efficient way of presenting additional information about the upcoming maneuver in accordance with the determination that the upcoming maneuver satisfies the one or more first criteria for display of the indication of the route from the second perspective which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   d ) of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 C , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects that a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) corresponds to completion of the upcoming maneuver of the route. In some embodiments, detecting that the current location of the electronic device corresponds to completion of the upcoming maneuver of the route includes detecting that the current location of the electronic device is past the location of the maneuver along the route. For example, if the upcoming maneuver is a right turn from a first road onto a second road, the electronic device detects that the current location of the electronic device corresponds to completion of the upcoming maneuver in accordance with a determination that the current location of the electronic device is on the second rather than being on the first road. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) corresponds to completion of the upcoming maneuver of the route, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 F . In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective includes displaying indications of lane lines on representations of roads included in the representation of the map. In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective includes forgoing display of indications of lane lines on representations of roads included in the representations of the map. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the current location of the electronic device corresponds to completion of the upcoming maneuver, the electronic device ceases display of indications of lane lines that were displayed while displaying the indication of the route from the second perspective. The above-described manner of Displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective in response to detecting that the current location of the electronic device corresponds to completion of the upcoming maneuver of the route provides an efficient way of displaying a larger map area in less detail while the upcoming maneuver does not satisfy the one or more first criteria for display of the indication of the route from the second perspective which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   f ) of the route on the representation of the map from the second perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 D , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects that a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) satisfies one or more second criteria. In some embodiments, the one or more second criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the current location of the electronic device is within a predetermined threshold distance (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, etc. meters) of a location associated with the upcoming maneuver of the route. For example, if the upcoming maneuver of the route is a turn from a first road to a second road, the location associated with the upcoming maneuver is the intersection of the first and the second. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) satisfies one or more second criteria, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the indication (e.g.,  6080  of the route on the representation of the map displayed from a third perspective having a different lateral angle relative to a portion of the map corresponding to the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) than a lateral angle relative to the portion of the map corresponding to the current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) of the second perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 E . In some embodiments, the second perspective and the third perspective have the same angle relative to the respective reference (e.g., gravity). In some embodiments, the third perspective includes a greater portion of a portion of the indication of the route corresponding to an upcoming portion of the route. For example, if the upcoming maneuver is merging off the freeway by making a slight right turn, the third perspective has a greater angle to the right relative to an indication of the current location the electronic device than the second perspective. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 E , in accordance with a determination that the upcoming maneuver of the route has a first characteristic (e.g., turn angle, turn radius, turn direction), the third perspective has a first lateral angle. For example, if the upcoming maneuver is merging or turning to the right, the first lateral angle is an angle to the right of an indication of the current location of the electronic device. As another example, if the upcoming maneuver is a turn with a relatively large radius, the first lateral angle is a relatively small angle. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the upcoming maneuver of the route has a second characteristic different from the first characteristic, the third perspective has a second lateral angle different from the first lateral angle, such as a lateral angle in the lateral direction opposite of the lateral angle in  FIG.  6 E  in response to an upcoming merge to the left instead of a merge to the right as shown in  FIG.  6 E . For example, if the upcoming maneuver is merging or turning to the left, the second lateral angle is an angle to the left of an indication of the current location of the electronic device. As another example, if the upcoming maneuver is a turn with a relatively small radius, the second lateral angle is a relatively large angle. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route from the third perspective having a different lateral angle than a lateral angle of the second perspective in accordance with the determination that the current location of the electronic device satisfies the one or more second criteria provides an efficient way of displaying a larger portion of an upcoming portion of the route in accordance with the determination that the one or more second criteria are satisfied which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the third perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 E , includes displaying, on the map, (at least) a predetermined number (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, etc.) of visual indications of physical objects along the route at locations along the route corresponding to physical locations of the physical objects, such as presenting indications of points of interest in the map illustrated in  FIG.  6 E . In some embodiments, the visual indications of respective objects are visual indications of points of interest, such as businesses, landmarks, and the like in the vicinity of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the visual indications of the respective physical objects are displayed at locations on the map corresponding to the locations of physical objects in real life. In some embodiments, the lateral angle of the third perspective is selected by the electronic device in order to include a portion of the representation of the map corresponding to (at least) the predetermined number of visual indications of physical objects. In some embodiments, the visual indications of physical objects along the route are displayed with a visual characteristic determined according to one or more steps of method  900 . The above-described manner of displaying the predetermined number of visual indications of physical objects along the route while displaying the indication of the route from the third perspective provides an efficient way of displaying additional information about the vicinity of the current location of electronic device, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  6 F , while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from the first perspective, in accordance with a determination that the upcoming maneuver of the route does not satisfy the one or more first criteria and satisfies one or more second criteria, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the indication (e.g.,  608   h ) of the route on the representation of the map displayed from a third perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 G , wherein an angle of the third perspective relative to the respective reference is different from (e.g., greater than, less than) the angle of the second perspective relative to the respective reference (e.g., gravity). In some embodiments, the angle of the third perspective relative to the respective reference is less than the angle of the first perspective relative to the respective reference. For example, the third perspective is a bird&#39;s eye view and the second perspective is a perspective view that has a larger angle relative to gravity than the angle relative to gravity of the bird&#39;s eye view. In some embodiments, the one or more second criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the upcoming maneuver is a respective type of maneuver and the one or more first criteria are not satisfied when the upcoming maneuver is the respective type of maneuver. For example, the one or more second criteria are satisfied and the one or more first criteria are not satisfied when the upcoming maneuver is a turn from one road to another intersecting road. In this example, the one or more first criteria are satisfied when the upcoming maneuver is a merge from one road to another road. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route from the third perspective in accordance with the determination that the upcoming maneuver of the route satisfies the one or more second criteria provides an efficient way of presenting the user with information relevant to the upcoming maneuver, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map, in accordance with a determination that future traffic along the route satisfies one or more second criteria (e.g., the estimated delay caused by traffic exceeds a predetermined threshold time (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, etc. minutes; 100, 200, 300, 500, 1000, 2000, etc. kilometers), such as in  FIG.  6 I , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the indication (e.g.,  608   h ) of the route on the representation of the map from a respective perspective based on a length of (e.g., the distance of) the traffic along the route to display a future portion (e.g.,  608   i ) of the route that includes the future traffic that is a respective distance from a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ). In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route from the respective perspective includes zooming the representation of the map out in order to show (e.g., the entire duration of) an upcoming traffic incident. For example, if an upcoming traffic incident lasts for half a mile, displaying the indication of the route from the respective perspective includes displaying a portion of the representation of the map that includes half a mile ahead of the current location of the electronic device along the route. As another example, if an upcoming traffic incident lasts for two miles, displaying the indication of the route from the respective perspective includes displaying a portion of the representation of the map that includes two miles ahead of the current location of the electronic device along the route. In some embodiments, while the future traffic satisfies the one or more second criteria, the electronic device continuously updates the level of zoom with which the representation of the map is displayed in order to continuously display the representation of the map at a level of zoom that includes the (entire) upcoming traffic incident. In some embodiments, the electronic device updates the level of the zoom to (e.g., continuously) show a visual indication of the current location of the electronic device and the end of the upcoming traffic incident (e.g., updating the level of zoom as the current location of the electronic device changes and/or the traffic conditions change). 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map, such as in  FIG.  6 K , in accordance with a determination that the future traffic along the route does not satisfy the one or more second criteria, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective without displaying the future portion of the route that is the respective distance from the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective includes displaying the representation of the map at a constant level of zoom irrespective of distance or duration of an upcoming traffic incident. In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective with the consistent level of zoom, the electronic device pans the view of the map as the current location of the electronic device changes so that the level of zoom remains consistent and so that a visual indication of the current location of the electronic device is continuously displayed on the representation of the map. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route from the respective perspective based on the length of the traffic provides an efficient way of indicating to the user the duration of the upcoming traffic, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   i ,  608   j ,  608   k ) of the route on the representation of the map from the respective perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 J , in accordance with a determination that the future traffic along the route no longer satisfies the one or more second criteria (e.g., the upcoming and/or remaining traffic is less than the predetermined time and/or distance threshold, the current location of the electronic device is no longer in the traffic), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) ceases to display the indication of the route on the representation of the map from the respective perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 K . 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication (e.g.,  608   i ,  608   j ,  608   k ) of the route on the representation of the map from the respective perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 J , in accordance with a determination that the future traffic along the route no longer satisfies the one or more second criteria (e.g., the upcoming and/or remaining traffic is less than the predetermined time and/or distance threshold, the current location of the electronic device is no longer in the traffic), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the indication (e.g.,  608   a ) of the route on the representation of the map from the first perspective, such as in  FIG.  6 K . In some embodiments, once the current location of the electronic device is no longer at a location impacted by traffic, the electronic device no longer displays the indication of the route from a perspective based on the traffic. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route from the first perspective in accordance with the determination that the future traffic no longer satisfies the one or more second criteria provides an efficient way of displaying the indication of the route on a portion of the representation of the map relevant to current driving conditions of the current location of the electronic device which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  6 I- 6 J , displaying the indication  9   eg    608   h ,  608   i ,  608   j ) of the route on the representation of the map from the respective perspective includes updating a level of zoom of the respective perspective as a distance remaining in the future traffic changes to display the (e.g., entire) future traffic on the representation of the map. In some embodiments, as the traffic changes and/or as the current location of the electronic device moves through the traffic, the electronic device updates the level of zoom to maintain display of the (e.g., entire) future traffic on the representation of the map. For example, while the future traffic covers one mile along the route past the current location of the electronic device, the level of zoom includes the mile along the route has the current location of the electronic device and while the future traffic covers half a mile along the route past the current location of the electronic device the level of zoom is adjusted (e.g., increased) to include half a mile along the route past the location of the electronic device (e.g., but not past that half mile). The above-described manner of updating the level of zoom of the respective perspective as the distance remaining in the future traffic changes provides an efficient way of maintaining display of the future traffic on the representation of the map which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indication of the route on the representation of the map, the electronic device displays, overlaid on the representation of the map, a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to display a menu for changing an audio notification setting of the navigation instructions. For example, the menu includes an option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present audio notifications of all upcoming maneuvers and alerts, an option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present audio notifications for alerts without presenting audio notifications for upcoming maneuvers, and an option that, when selected causes the electronic device to forgo presenting audio notifications. 
     In some embodiments, (while not navigating along the route) the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ) including the representation of the map, such as in  FIG.  6 O . In some embodiments, while displaying the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ) including the representation of the map, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contacts  603   m  and  603   n ) corresponding to a request to zoom in to a respective zoom level on a respective portion of the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  652 ), such as in  FIG.  6 O . In some embodiments, the three-dimensional details of the globe include representations of elevation on land and underwater. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g., via contacts  603   m  and  603   n ) corresponding to the request to zoom in to the respective zoom level on the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ), such as in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) ceases display of the three-dimensional globe, such as in  FIG.  6 P . 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g., via contacts  603   m  and  603   n ) corresponding to the request to zoom in to the respective zoom level on the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ), such as in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a two-dimensional (e.g., elevation) map (e.g.,  644 ) of the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe at the respective zoom level, such as in  FIG.  6 P . In some embodiments, the respective zoom level is based on a magnitude of the input. In some embodiments, the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe displayed in the two-dimensional map is based on a location of the globe to which the input was directed. In some embodiments, the map is a topographical map that represents the elevation of a region corresponding to the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe. The above-described manner of displaying the two dimensional map of the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe at the respective zoom level in response to the input provides an efficient way of presenting the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe in more detail, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, (while not navigating along the route) the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ) including the representation of the map, such as in  FIG.  6 O . In some embodiments, while displaying the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ) including the representation of the map, such as in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contacts  603   m  and  603   n ) corresponding to a request to zoom in to the respective zoom level on a second respective portion, different from the respective portion, of the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ). In some embodiments, the three-dimensional details of the globe include representations of elevation on land and underwater. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g., via contacts  603   m  and  603   n ) corresponding to the request to zoom in to the respective zoom level on the second respective portion of the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ), such as in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) ceases display of the three-dimensional globe, such as in  FIG.  6 Q . 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input (e.g., via contacts  603   m  and  603   n ) corresponding to the request to zoom in to the respective zoom level on the second respective portion of the three-dimensional globe (e.g.,  642 ), such as in  FIG.  6 O , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a three-dimensional (e.g., elevation) map (e.g.,  646 ) of the second respective portion of the three-dimensional globe at the respective zoom level, such as in  FIG.  6 Q . In some embodiments, the respective zoom level is based on a magnitude of the input. In some embodiments, the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe displayed in the three-dimensional map is based on a location of the globe to which the input was directed. In some embodiments, the map is a three-dimensional map that includes shading and/or contouring that represent the elevation of a region corresponding to the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a three-dimensional globe and, in response to an input corresponding to a request to zoom in on a respective portion of the globe, displays a map of the respective portion. In some embodiments, three-dimensional maps are available for some regions and not others. In some embodiments, in response to the input to zoom in on the respective portion of the globe, in accordance with a determination that a three-dimensional map of the portion is available, the electronic device displays a three-dimensional map of the portion. In some embodiments, in response to the input to zoom in on the respective portion of the globe, in accordance with a determination that a three-dimensional map of the portion is not available, the electronic device displays a two-dimensional map of the portion. The above-described manner of displaying the three-dimensional map of the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe at the respective zoom level in response to the input provides an efficient way of presenting the respective portion of the three-dimensional globe in more detail, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG.  7    have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and/or  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  700  described above with respect to  FIG.  7   . For example, the ways of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives described above with reference to method  700  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions, modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map, presenting representations of physical objects in maps, and/or presenting representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and/or  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG.  7    are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operations  702 ,  706 , and  708  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     User Interfaces for Presenting Navigation Routes on a Map 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using electronic devices to present navigation directions from a first physical location to a second physical location. In some embodiments, presenting the navigation directions include presenting a representation of the route line and one or more representations of physical objects in the physical vicinity of the route. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device modifies display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of the route while presenting the navigation directions. Providing efficient manners of modifying display of the representations of physical objects while presenting the navigation directions enhances interactions with a device, thus reducing the amount of time a user needs to interact with the device while navigating, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices and improves safety (e.g., while driving). It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  8 A- 8 H  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device modifies display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions in accordance with some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG.  9   . Although  FIGS.  8 A- 8 H  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG.  9   , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG.  9    in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS.  8 A- 8 H . 
       FIGS.  8 A- 8 H  illustrate various examples of an electronic device  500  modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route line while presenting navigation directions. For example, the electronic device displays representations of physical objects with a degree of visual prominence that depends on the distance between the physical objects and the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  modifies the degrees of visual prominence with which representations of physical objects are displayed in order to reduce driver distraction while presenting the navigation instructions and/or to reduce the processing power required to render the representations of physical objects on the map while navigating. 
       FIG.  8 A  illustrates an example of a navigation user interface presented by electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the navigation user interface includes an indication  802   a  of the next navigation maneuver to be performed, an indication  802   b  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the location of the next navigation maneuver to be performed, an indication  802   c  of the name of the street associated with the next navigation maneuver (e.g., the street to be merged or turned onto), an option  804   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present an overview of the navigation directions, an option  804   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present audio options associated with the navigation directions, an option  804   c  to report an incident in the vicinity of the electronic device  500 , an indication  806   a  of the estimated time of arrival at the destination, an indication  806   b  of the estimated time remaining on the route to the destination, an indication  806   c  of the distance remaining on the route, and an option  806   d  to present a menu of actions related to the route overlaid on a map. In some embodiments, the map includes an indication  808   a  of the navigation route, an indication  814   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500 , a representation  812   a  of an overpass that intersects (e.g., over) the navigation route, representations  816   a - 816   c  of buildings in the vicinity of the navigation route, representations  826   a - b  of trees in the vicinity of the navigation route, and representations  836   a - b  of points of interest (e.g., businesses, landmarks, public places) in the vicinity of the navigation route. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  modifies the visual characteristics of the representations of various objects in the vicinity of the navigation route based on the distance between the respective objects and the navigation route. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  defines discrete regions  818  and  820   a - b  of the map based on distance from the navigation route and applies different visual styling to representations of objects in region  818  than the visual styling of representations of objects in regions  820   a  and  820   b.    
     In some embodiments, in region  818 , which is closer to the indication  808   a  of the route line than how close regions  820   a  and  820   b  are to the indication  808   a  of the route line, indications of buildings, roads, and points of interest are displayed with more visual prominence than the representations of buildings, roads, and points of interest in regions  820   a  and  820   b . For example, representations  816   a  of buildings within region  818  are displayed with more visual prominence (e.g., less translucency, more color saturation, etc.) than representations  816   c  of buildings in region  820   a . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays portions of representations  816   b  of buildings that are in both region  818  and region  820   a  with different degrees of visual prominence depending on which region  818  and  820   a  the portions of the representations  816   b  are located in. For example, portions of representations  816   b  in region  818  are displayed with more visual prominence than portions of representations  816   b  that are in region  820   a . As another example, the electronic device  500  presents more points of interest  836   a  in region  818  than the number of points of interest  836   b  in regions  820   a  and  820   b . As another example, portions of the representation  812   a  of an overpass within region  818  are displayed with increased visual prominence (e.g., less translucency, more color saturation) and with lane lines, whereas portions of the representation  812   a  of the overpass in regions  820   a  and  820   b  are displayed with less visual prominence (e.g., more translucency, less color saturation) and without lane lines. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  8 A , a portion  810   k  of the representation  812   a  of the overpass that is above the indication  808   a  of the route line is displayed with decreased visual prominence and no lane lines even though it is in region  818 , because of the z-height distance between the indication  808   a  of the navigation route and the portion  810   k  of the indication  812   a  of the overpass. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  adjusts the degrees of visual prominence with which representations of objects are displayed based on the lateral and/or vertical distance between the respective representations of objects and the indication  808   a  of the route. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays more representations of plants (e.g., trees) or displays the representations of plants (e.g., trees) with more visual prominence if the trees are further from the indication  808   a  of the route. For example, representations  826   a  of trees in region  818  are displayed with decreased visual prominence (e.g., more translucency, less color saturation) than representations  826   b  of trees in regions  820   a  and  820   b . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays more representations  826   b  of trees in regions  820   a  and  820   b  (e.g., relative to the actual number of tress in the physical regions corresponding to regions  820   a  and  820   b ) than the number of representations  826   a  of trees in region  818  (e.g., relative to the actual number of trees in the physical region corresponding to region  818 ). 
     In some embodiments, when generating representations of physical objects for display in the map, the electronic device  500  creates batches of representations that share visual characteristics and generates all of the representations in a respective batch together (e.g., at the same time, one after another, etc.). For example, representations  816   a  correspond to buildings with similar shapes and visual characteristics so the electronic device  500  is able to generate these representations  816   a  for display in the same batch. As another example, representations  816   c  correspond to buildings with similar shapes and visual characteristics so the electronic device  500  could generate these representations in the same batch. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  generates the representations  826   a  of trees in region  818  in one batch and representations  826   b  of trees in regions  820   a  and  820   b  in different batches or in the same batch. In some embodiments, objects in each respective batch are all within the same region (e.g., region  818 ,  820   a ,  820   b ). In some embodiments, batches of objects include objects in region  820   a  and objects in region  820   b  because objects in regions  820   a  and  820   b  are displayed with the same visual characteristics. 
     In some embodiments, rather than modifying the visual prominence of representations of objects based on which of a plurality of discrete regions the representations are located in, the electronic device  500  modifies display of representations of objects based on a continuous distance of (e.g., one or more portions of) the objects from the navigation route (e.g., on a pixel-by-pixel basis). For example,  FIG.  8 B  illustrates an example of a continuous approach to modifying the display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions. 
     For example, portions of the representation  812   a  of the overpass that intersects the indication  808   a  of the route line have increased visual prominence (e.g., decreased translucency, increased color saturation, increased prominence of lane lines) the closer the portions are to the indication  808   a  of the route line. As another example, representations  816   a  of buildings are displayed with more visual prominence than representations  816   c  of buildings because representations  816   a  of buildings are closer to the indication  808   a  of the route than the representations  816   c  are. In some embodiments, some representations  816   b  of buildings have varying degrees of visual prominence such that portions of the representations  816   b  that are closer to the representation  808   a  of the route have more visual prominence than portions that are further from the representation  808   a  of the route. As another example, the electronic device  500  displays more indications  836  of points of interest in portions of the map that are closer to the representation  808   a  of the navigation route (e.g., relative to the number of points of interest at those physical locations) than the number of indications  836  of points of interest in portions of the map that are further from the representation  808   a  of the navigation route (e.g., relative to the number of points of interest at those physical locations). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays more indications  836   a - c  of trees and displays the indications with more visual prominence the further the indications  836   a - c  are from the indication  808   a  of the route line. For example, indications  836   b  that are furthest from the indication  808   a  of the route line have the most visual prominence and indications  836   a  that re closest to the indication  808   a  of the route line have the least visual prominence and indications  836   c  have a degree of visual prominence between the degrees of visual prominence of indications  836   a  and  836   b.    
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  batches the representations of objects illustrated in  FIG.  8 B  in a manner similar to the manner of batching representations of objects described above with reference to  FIG.  8 A . 
     In some embodiments, while the electronic device  500  is presenting a maps user interface without presenting navigation directions, the electronic device  500  does not display representations of physical objects with varying degrees of visual prominence. For example, while presenting navigation directions, the electronic device  500  displays an indication of the navigation route and modifies the visual prominence of the representations of physical objects based on the proximity of the representations to the indication of the navigation route. Because the electronic device  500  does not display a navigation route when it is not presenting navigation directions, the electronic device  500  optionally forgoes modifying the degrees of visual prominence of the representations of objects when navigation directions are not being presented. 
       FIG.  8 C  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the map without presenting navigation directions and without modifying the visual prominence of representations of physical objects. For example,  FIG.  8 C  includes a representation  812   b  of the overpass, representations  836  of points of interest, representations  826  of trees, and representations of buildings  816  on a map that corresponds to the same region as the maps in  FIGS.  8 A and  8 B . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a search box  858  overlaid on the map. 
     In some embodiments, the representations of various physical objects have the same degrees of visual prominence as other representations of the same types of physical objects. For example, representations  816  of buildings all have the same degree of visual prominence, though, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representations  816  of buildings in a variety of colors, such as to match or be similar to the colors of the real-world buildings corresponding to each representation  816 . As another example, the representation  812   b  of the overpass has a consistent degree of visual prominence, including the display of the indication  813  of lane lines along the entire length of the representation of the overpass  812   b  (e.g., unlike in  FIGS.  8 A- 8 B  in which portions of the representation  812   b  of the overpass that are relatively far from the indication  808   a  of the route did not include the indication of the lane lines). As another example, the representations  836  of points of interest are displayed with the same degrees of visual prominence and at a consistent density for all regions of the map in  FIG.  8 C  (e.g., compared to the density and/or popularity of the points of interest in real life). As another example, the representations  826  of trees are displayed with the same degrees of visual prominence and at a consistent density for all regions of the map in  FIG.  8 C  (e.g., compared to the density of trees in real life). 
     In some embodiments, the map includes landcover  856   a  that represents grass or other vegetation in the region represented by the map. For example, the landcover  856   a  is generated based on climate data for the region represented by the map. In  FIG.  8 C , the electronic device  500  displays the map with first landcover  856   a  based on first climate data for the region. In some embodiments, if the climate data for the region were different, the electronic device  500  would display the map with different landcover. For example,  FIG.  8 D  illustrates a map of the same region as the region of the map in  FIG.  8 C . In  FIG.  8 D , the electronic device  500  is provided second climate data for the region and therefore displays the map with second landcover  856   b , for example. In some embodiments, because the climate data in  FIG.  8 C  is different from the climate data in  FIG.  8 D , the electronic device  500  displays different landcover  856   a  in  FIG.  8 C  from the landcover  856   b  in  FIG.  8 D . For example, if the climate data in  FIG.  8 C  corresponds to a desert (e.g., low rainfall, high temperatures), the landcover is dirt with sparse vegetation and if the climate data in  FIG.  8 D  corresponds to a temperate climate (e.g., moderate rainfall, moderate temperatures), the landcover is grass. 
     As shown in  FIG.  8 D , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects movement of two contacts  803   c  and  803   d  that corresponds to a request to zoom the map in (e.g., an outward pinch gesture with the contacts  803   c  and  803   d  moving away from each other). In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 D , the electronic device  500  updates the user interface as shown in  FIG.  8 E . 
       FIG.  8 E  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the map with a higher level of zoom than the level of zoom in  FIG.  8 D  in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 D . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents more details at higher levels of zoom. For example, as shown in  FIG.  8 D , the electronic device  500  displays more indications  836  of points of interest within an area of the map corresponding to a respective area (e.g., building) in real life in  FIG.  8 D  than in  FIG.  8 C  and displays an indication  813  of lane lines on the indication  812   b  of the overpass, which were optionally not displayed in  FIG.  8 D . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents other details, such as more detailed representations of buildings  816 , including details such as sidewalks, and the like at higher levels of zoom. 
     In some embodiments, in response to a request to present navigation directions from one location to another, the electronic device  500  presents indications of multiple available routes to the destination. In some embodiments, the different routes have different estimated durations (e.g., time and/or distance durations). The electronic device  500  optionally displays an animation of the routes that illustrates the differences in duration between the routes.  FIGS.  8 F- 8 H  illustrate examples of the electronic device  500  displaying an animation illustrating the differences in estimated route duration for a plurality of routes to a destination according to some embodiments. 
       FIG.  8 F  illustrates an exemplary maps user interface featuring a respective location that the user searched for. In some embodiments, the maps user interface includes an indication  840   a  of the location on a map, an indication  842   a  of the address of the location, an option  842   b  to get directions to the location (e.g., from the current location of the electronic device  500 ), an option  844   a  to view display settings for the map, and an option  844   b  to pan and/or zoom the map to show an indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  on the map. As shown in  FIG.  8 F , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., with contact  8030  of the option  842   b  to present navigation directions to the location (e.g., from the current location of the electronic device  500 ). In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 F , the electronic device  500  presents a plurality of animated representations of navigation routes to the destination (e.g., from the current location of the electronic device  500 ), as shown in  FIGS.  8 G- 8 H . 
       FIGS.  8 G- 8 H  illustrate examples of animated representations of navigation routes that the electronic device  500  displays in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  8 F . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents an indication  852  of the current location of the electronic device  500 , an indication  840   b  of the navigation destination, and indications  846   a - d  of the available navigation routes on a map. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an indication  858   a  of the starting point and ending point of the routes, and indications  858   b  and  858   c  of the available routes overlaid on the map. In some embodiments, indication  858   b  includes an indication  860   a  of the estimated duration of the route, an indication  860   b  of the distance of the route, and a selectable option  860   c  to begin navigating with the route. In some embodiments, indication  858   c  includes similar elements to the elements of indication  858   b.    
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays animated indications  854   a  and  854   b  on the indications  846   a - d  of the available navigation routes. In some embodiments, the animations include animating movement of indications  854   b  and  854   a  along the routes from the indication  852  of the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., or, more generally, from the start point of the route) to the indication  840   b  of the destination of the route. In some embodiments, the speeds with which indications  854   a  and  854   b  move corresponds to the estimated speed of travel along the routes (e.g., moving slower for slower routes and/or slower sections of the routes and moving faster for faster routes and/or faster sections of the routes). Thus, in some embodiments, the amount of time it takes for the animations to complete corresponds to the estimated amount of time it will take to travel along the routes. 
     For example, indications  846   a  and  846   b  correspond to a first available route, with indication  846   a  corresponding to a portion of the route that animated indication  854   a  has already moved past and indication  846   b  corresponding to a portion of the route the indication  854   a  has not yet moved past. As another example, indications  846   c  and  846   d  correspond to a second available route, with indication  846   c  corresponding to a portion of the route that animated indication  854   b  has already moved past and indication  846   d  corresponding to a portion of the route the indication  854   b  has not yet moved past. In some embodiments, the indications move at speeds that correspond to the estimated speed of travel along the routes. As shown in  FIG.  8 H , the electronic device  500  completes the animation for the first route (e.g., corresponding to indication  846   a ) before completing the animation for the second route (e.g., corresponding to the indications  846   c  and  846   d ) because the first route has a shorter duration (e.g., time and/or length duration) than the second route. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  continues to present the animation of indication  854   d  until indication  854   d  reaches the indication  840   b  of the end of the route. In some embodiments, after completing the animations for both routes, the electronic device  500  repeats both animations. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  continues to repeat the animations while presenting the user interface illustrated in  FIGS.  8 G- 8 H  (e.g., unless and until the electronic device  500  detects a request to display a different user interface or goes to sleep, etc.). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also displays indications  850   a  and  850   b  of the durations of the routes overlaid on the map. 
       FIG.  9    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions in accordance with some embodiments. The method  900  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , and device  500 , as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 H . Some operations in method  900  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  900  provides ways in which an electronic device modifies display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions in accordance with some embodiments. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  900  is performed at an electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  504 ) and one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device), optionally in communication with one or more of a mouse (e.g., external), trackpad (optionally integrated or external), remote control device (e.g., external), another mobile device (e.g., separate from the electronic device), a handheld device (e.g., external), and/or a controller (e.g., external, etc.), or a set-top box in communication one or more input devices (e.g., a remote control). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display), external display such as a monitor, projector, television, or a hardware component (optionally integrated or external) for projecting a user interface or causing a user interface to be visible to one or more users, etc. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 902 ), via the display generation component, a representation of a map corresponding to a respective (e.g., physical) region including a plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  826   a ,  812   a ,  816   a ,  810   k ,  836   a ) corresponding to a plurality of (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region at (e.g., physical) locations represented by the map ( 904 ). In some embodiments, the objects include buildings, landmarks, plants, landcover, roads, sidewalks, and other objects in the physical area represented by the map. In some embodiments, the representations physically resemble the objects to which they correspond. In some embodiments, the representations are displayed at locations on the map corresponding to the physical locations of the object in the physical area represented by the map. In some embodiments, navigating along the route includes presenting navigation directions from the first physical location to the second physical location in a manner that is synchronized with the current location of the electronic device, such as described with reference to methods  700  and/or  1100 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 902 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a representation of a map corresponding to a respective (e.g., physical) region including a visual indication (e.g.,  808   a ) of the route on the representation of the map ( 906 ). In some embodiments, the indication of the route (e.g., a route line) is displayed overlaid on one or more roads, streets, etc. included in the route. For example, roads and streets not included in the route are displayed in a first plurality of colors (e.g., colors corresponding to the colors of the roads and streets in real life) and the indication of the route is displayed in a second color different from the first plurality of colors (e.g., blue, green, yellow, red, orange) overlaid on the roads/streets. In some embodiments, the route line has one or more of the characteristics of the route lines described with reference to methods  700  and/or  1100 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a first visual representation (e.g.,  816   c ) corresponding to a first (e.g., physical) object of the plurality of (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region is a first distance from the route (e.g., on the representation of the map), the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   c ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a first degree of visual prominence ( 908 ). In some embodiments, the (e.g. straight line or perpendicular) distance between the representation of the physical object and the route on the map corresponds to the distance between the physical object and the route in real life. In some embodiments, the degree of visual prominence corresponds to opacity, blur, and/or color saturation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is a second distance from the route (e.g., on the representation of the map), the second distance different from the first distance, the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a second degree of visual prominence different from the first degree of visual prominence ( 910 ). In some embodiments, the closer the representation of the physical object is to the representation of the route, the greater the degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the closer the representation of the physical object is to the representation of the route, the lesser the degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the degree of visual prominence increases or decreases as the distance between the representation of the object and the representation of the route increases depending on the type of the object. In some embodiments, displaying a visual representation corresponding to a respective physical object with a reduced degree of visual prominence includes forgoing display of the visual representation corresponding to the respective physical object. The above-described manner of modifying the degree of visual prominence of the visual representation corresponding to the physical object based on the distance between the representation of the route and the representation corresponding to the physical object provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representation corresponding to the physical object (and visual representations corresponding to other physical objects) which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 C , while not navigating along a respective route and while displaying the representation of the map, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the first visual representation (e.g.,  816 ,  826 ,  836 ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object on the representation of the map at a third degree of visual prominence (e.g., the third degree of visual prominence is the same as the first degree of visual prominence, the third degree of visual prominence is the same as second degree of visual prominence, the third degree of visual prominence is different from the first degree of visual prominence and different from the second degree of visual prominence) that is independent of a distance from the first visual representation corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object to any point on the representation of the map. In some embodiments, while navigating along the route, the electronic device the electronic device displays representations of physical objects with degrees of visual prominence that vary based on the distances between the respective representations of physical objects and the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, while not navigating along a route, the electronic device displays the representations of physical objects with a respective degree of visual prominence not based on distances between the representations of physical objects and a visual indication of a route because the electronic device does not display a visual indication of a route while not navigating along a route. In some embodiments, while not navigating along a route, the electronic device displays (e.g., all of) the representations of physical objects with the same degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the third degree of visual prominence is greater than the first and second degrees of visual prominence. The above-described manner of displaying the 1st visual representation with the third degree of visual prominence while not navigating along our respective route provides an efficient way of displaying representations of physical objects in a way that is legible while not navigating along our respective route which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first distance is less than the second distance, and the first degree of visual prominence is greater than the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of physical objects with greater degrees of visual prominence the closer the representations of physical objects are to the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of first objects (e.g., roads, buildings, points of interest, landmarks, and infrastructure) with greater degrees of visual prominence the closer the representations of the first object are to the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of second objects (e.g., plants, land cover, trees) with greater degrees of visual prominence the further the visual representations route. The above-described manner of displaying representations of physical objects with greater visual prominence the closer the representations are to a visual indication of the route provides an efficient way of reducing distractions caused by representations of objects that are further from the visual indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first distance is less than the second distance, and the first degree of visual prominence is greater than the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of physical objects with greater degrees of visual prominence the closer the representations of physical objects are to the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of first objects (e.g., roads, buildings, points of interest, landmarks, and infrastructure) with greater degrees of visual prominence the closer the representations of the first object are to the visual indication of the route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a second visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ,  826   a ,  836   a ) corresponding to a second (e.g., physical) object of the plurality of physical objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region is a third distance from the route, the second visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ,  826   a ,  836   a ) corresponding to the second (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a third degree of visual prominence (e.g., the third degree of visual prominence is the same as the first degree of visual prominence, the third degree of visual prominence is the same as the second degree of visual prominence, the third degree of visual prominence is different from the first degree of visual prominence and different from the second degree of visual prominence). In some embodiments, the second physical object is a different type of physical object than the first physical object. For example, the first physical object is one of a road, building, point of interest, landmark, or infrastructure and the second physical object is one of a plant, land cover, or tree. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that the second visual representation (e.g.,  816   c ,  826   b ,  836   b ) corresponding to the second (e.g., physical) object is a fourth distance from the route, less than the third distance, the second visual representation (e.g.,  816   c ,  826   b ,  836   b ) corresponding to the second (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a fourth degree of visual prominence (e.g., the fourth degree of visual prominence is the same as the first degree of visual prominence, the fourth degree of visual prominence is the same as the second degree of visual prominence, the fourth degree of visual prominence is different from the first degree of visual prominence and different from the second degree of visual prominence), less than the third degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of second objects (e.g., plants, land cover, trees) with greater degrees of visual prominence the further the visual representations route. The above-described manner of Displaying the visual representation of the second object with greater visual prominence the further the visual representation of the second object is from the visual indication of the route provides an efficient way of reducing visual clutter proximate to the visual indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first visual representation corresponding to the first physical object includes a lane marking representation, a tree representation (e.g.,  826   a ), a building representation (e.g.,  816   b ), land cover representation, or a point of interest representation (e.g.,  836   a ). In some embodiments, the lane marking representation is a representation of indications of lanes on a physical road displayed overlaid on a representation of the physical road, including driving lanes, bike lanes, and sidewalks. In some embodiments, the tree representation is a representation of a physical tree displayed at a location on the map corresponding to the location of the tree in real life. In some embodiments, the tree representation is displayed independent from a location of a physical tree in real life. In some embodiments, the building representation is played with a size, shape, color, location, etc. that corresponds to those of a physical building. In some embodiments, the landcover representation is a representation of land cover (e.g., grass or other plants, dirt, terrain, etc.) algorithmically generated for a respective location based on climate (e.g., rainfall, temperature, humidity, etc.) data for a respective location. In some embodiments, the point of interest representation is a visual indication that indicates a location and name of a point of interest (e.g., business, landmark, public building, etc.) on the map. The above-described manner of displaying visual representations of lane markings, trees, buildings, landcover, and points of interest on the map while navigating along the route provides an efficient way of presenting information about the vicinity of the current location of the electronic device, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, the plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  836 ) corresponding to the plurality of objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region is, in accordance with a determination that the representation of the map is displayed at a first zoom level, such as in  FIG.  8 D , a first set of visual representations (e.g.,  836 ) corresponding to a first set of objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region. In some embodiments, the first set of visual representations corresponding to the first set of objects are displayed in a respective region of the map, and the electronic device concurrently displays a plurality of respective set of visual representations corresponding to an additional set of objects outside of the respective region of the map with the first set of visual representations. 
     In some embodiments, the plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  836 ) corresponding to the plurality of objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region is, in accordance with a determination that the representation of the map is displayed at a second zoom level, greater than the first zoom level, such as in  FIG.  8 E , a second set of visual representations (e.g.,  836 ) corresponding to a second set of objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region, including and greater than the first set of visual representations corresponding to the first set of objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region. In some embodiments, displaying the map at the second zoom level includes displaying the respective region of the map (e.g., at a larger size than the size with which the respective region of the map was displayed at the first zoom level) without displaying regions of the map other than the respective region that were displayed at the first zoom level. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a greater level of detail at a higher level of zoom. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays more visual representations corresponding to physical objects per geographic area represented by the map at higher levels of zoom. The above-described manner of displaying additional visual representations corresponding to objects at greater zoom levels provides an efficient way of displaying the map with the level of detail specified by the user, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, the representation of the map, such as in  FIG.  8 A , includes representations of topographies of areas represented by the map in the respective (e.g., physical) region, and the representations of the topographies are displayed with a third degree of visual prominence (e.g., the third degree of visual prominence is the same as the first degree of visual prominence, the third degree of visual prominence is the same as the second degree of visual prominence, the third degree of visual prominence is different from the first degree of visual prominence and different from the second degree of visual prominence) that is independent of a distance between the representations of the topographies and the route. In some embodiments, the representations of topography of the areas represented by the maps include shading and contouring to represent elevation and other topography. In some embodiments, the representations of topography of areas represented by the map include undulations in the ground, such as hills, mountains, etc. that are displayed with a visual characteristic irrespective of the distance from the indication of the route. The above-described manner of displaying the representations of typographies with the third degree of visual prominence that is independent of the distance between the representations of the topographies and the routes provides an efficient way of displaying the representations of the typographies visibly irrespective of the distance between the representations of the topographies and the route which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first degree and the second degree of visual prominence include degrees of opacity. In some embodiments, the first degree of visual prominence includes greater opacity than the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the second degree of visual prominence includes greater opacity than the first degree of visual prominence. The above-described manner of displaying the degree is of visual prominence with different degrees of opacity provides an efficient way of varying the opacity of representations of objects based on the distance between the representations of objects and the visual indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first degree and the second degree of visual prominence include degrees of blur. In some embodiments, the first degree of visual prominence includes greater blur than the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the second degree of visual prominence includes greater blur than the first degree of visual prominence. The above-described manner of displaying the degree is of visual prominence with different degrees of blur provides an efficient way of varying the level of blur of representations of objects based on the distance between the representations of objects and the visual indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first degree and the second degree of visual prominence include degrees of color saturation. In some embodiments, the first degree of visual prominence includes greater color saturation than the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the second degree of visual prominence includes greater color saturation than the first degree of visual prominence. The above-described manner of displaying the degree is of visual prominence with different degrees of color saturation provides an efficient way of varying the color saturation of representations of objects based on the distance between the representations of objects and the visual indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a portion (e.g.,  820   a ,  820   b ) of the representation of the map is a third distance from the route (e.g., on the representation of the map), the portion (e.g.,  820   a ,  820   b ) of the map is displayed with a third degree of visual prominence (e.g., a third degree of dimness or darkness). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the portion of the map, including representations of objects, landcover, and space between representations of objects and landcover in the portion of the map, with the third degree of visual prominence, including a third degree of dimness or darkness in accordance with the determination that the portion of the map is the third distance from the route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that the portion (e.g.,  818 ) of the map is a fourth distance from the route (e.g., on the representation of the map), the fourth distance different from the third distance, the portion (e.g.,  818 ) of the map is displayed with a fourth degree of visual prominence different from the third degree of visual prominence (e.g., a fourth degree of dimness or darkness). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the portion of the map, including representations of objects, landcover, and space between representations of objects and landcover in the portion of the map, with the fourth degree of visual prominence, including a fourth degree of dimness or darkness in accordance with the determination that the portion of the map is the fourth distance from the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays respective discrete regions of the maps with varying degrees of visual prominence (e.g., darkness, dimness) based on the distance of the respective discrete regions of the maps from the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device continuously varies the degree of visual prominence of the regions of the maps based on the distance of continuous portions (e.g., pixels) from the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, in addition to modifying the visual characteristics with which representations of objects are displayed in accordance with the distance between the indication of the route and the representations of objects, the electronic device modifies the brightness (e.g., display brightness, color brightness) with which portions of the user interface are displayed based on the distance between the portions of the user interface and the indication of the route. The above-described manner of varying the visual prominence of portions of the map based on the distance of the portions of the map from the visual indication of the route provides an efficient way of rendering regions of the map while navigating, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 F , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, a first input (e.g., via contact  8030  corresponding to a request to display navigation directions from a third physical location (e.g., the current location of the electronic device) to a fourth physical location. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the first input, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, overlaid on the representation of the map, a first respective indication (e.g.,  846   a ,  846   b ) of a first route from the third physical location to the fourth physical location having a first route length (e.g., time and/or distance length), and a second respective (e.g.,  846   c ,  846   d ) indication of a second route from the third physical location to the fourth physical location having a second route length, greater than the first route length (e.g., time and/or distance length). In some embodiments, the respective indications of the routes are displayed overlaid on representations of roads included in the routes with different visual characteristics (e.g., color, size, pattern, style, translucency, etc.) than the visual characteristics of the representations of the roads. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 G , displaying the first respective indication (e.g.,  846   a ,  846   b ) of the first route includes displaying a first animation of progression through the first route, the first animation having a first length (e.g., time length). In some embodiments, the length of the first animation corresponds to the first route length. In some embodiments, displaying the animation of progression through the first route includes displaying an animation of a visual indication traversing the route at a (e.g., variable) speed that corresponds to an estimated (e.g., variable) speed at which the user of the electronic device will be able to drive along the first route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 G , displaying the second respective indication (e.g.,  846   c ,  846   d ) of the second route includes displaying a second animation of progression through the second route, the second animation having a second length (e.g., time length), greater than the first length. In some embodiments, the length of the second animation corresponds to the second route length. In some embodiments, the first and second animations are displayed concurrently and start at the same time, but end at different times. In some embodiments, displaying the animation of progression through the second route includes displaying an animation of a visual indication traversing the route at a (e.g., variable) speed that corresponds to an estimated (e.g., variable) speed at which the user of the electronic device will be able to drive along the second route. In some embodiments, the first and second animations are displayed concurrently and start at the same time, but end at different times. For example, if the first route is longer (e.g., in time and/or distance) than the second route, the electronic device completes the animation of the first route before completing the animation of the second route. In some embodiments, the difference in time between the first animation and the second animation corresponds to the difference in length (e.g., in time and/or distance) between the first route and second route. For example, if the difference in length (e.g., in time and/or distance) between the first route and the second route is relatively small, the difference in time between the first animation and second animation is relatively small. As another example, if the difference in length (e.g., in time and or distance) between the first route and the second route is relatively large, the difference in time between the first animation and second animation is relatively large. The above-described manner of displaying the first animation and second animation with lengths corresponding to the lengths of the first route and second route provides an efficient way of indicating the relative lengths of the first route and second route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, while navigating along the route from the first physical location to the second physical location, the electronic device displays, overlaid on the representation of the map, a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to initiate a process for reporting an incident in the vicinity of the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the selectable option, the electronic device displays a plurality of options for reporting a plurality of respective incidents, such as accidents, hazards, and or police along the route at the location of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, while not navigating along the route, the electronic device displays, via the display generation component, a user interface for requesting navigation directions that includes text entry fields into which inputs specifying the starting and ending locations of the route are provided and one or more selectable options for providing settings for the route. In some embodiments, the one or more selectable options include selectable options for setting a desired time at which to start the navigation route and for setting a desired time at which to arrive at the route destination. In some embodiments, the electronic device selects routes based on estimated traffic conditions at the desired time of starting the navigation or the desired time of arrival at the destination. In some embodiments, if the user provides a desired time to start the navigation, the electronic device presents an estimated time of arrival and route duration based on the provided time to start the navigation. In some embodiments, if the user provides a desired time to arrive at the destination, the electronic device provides a suggested time to start driving along the route and an estimated route duration based on the desired time of arrival. 
     While navigating along the route, in some embodiments, the electronic device displays a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present additional selectable options that, when selected, cause the electronic device to perform respective operations with respect to the route. In some embodiments, the additional selectable options include an option to share an estimated time of arrival with a contact of (e.g., a user account associated with) the electronic device, an option to add a stop at a respective physical location along the route, and an option to initiate a process to report an incident along the route at the current location of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the representation of the map (e.g., while navigating along the route, while not navigating along the route) including representations of physical objects. In some embodiments, some of the representations of physical objects (e.g., representations of unique landmarks, such as the Golden Gate Bridge) are designed by humans (e.g., using digital rendering software). In some embodiments, some of the representations of physical objects (e.g., representations of common landmarks, such as buildings, tunnels, bridges) are generated algorithmically (e.g., based on a plurality of parameters optionally provided by a human). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 C , the representation of the map includes a portion (e.g.,  856   a ) corresponding to land cover (e.g., grass, other plants, rocks, dirt, sand, etc.), and displaying the portion (e.g.,  856   a ) corresponding to land cover includes displaying the portion (e.g.,  856   a ) with a visual characteristic (e.g., color, texture) based on precipitation and/or climate (e.g., temperature, humidity, daylight hours) data corresponding to the portion (e.g.,  856   a ) of the representation of the map. For example, the electronic device displays a portion of the map corresponding to desert with a color and or texture corresponding to dirt and/or sand. As another example, the electronic device displays a portion of the map corresponding to a region with moderate rainfall and moderate temperatures with a color and/or texture corresponding to green grass. The above-described manner of displaying a portion of the map corresponding to landcover based on precipitation and/or climate data corresponding to the portion of the representation of the map provides an efficient way of accurately representing the appearance of a region on the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first distance is included in a first range of distances associated with the first degree of visual prominence (e.g., in region  818 ), and the second distance is included in a second range of distances associated with the second degree of visual prominence (e.g., in regions  820   a  and  820   b ). In some embodiments, the electronic device defines regions of the map based on the distances of the regions from the visual indication of the route line and displays representations of physical objects (e.g., of a respective type) with the same degree of visual prominence within each respective region. For example, representations of objects (e.g., of a respective type) within the first region are displayed with the first degree of visual prominence and representations of objects (e.g., of a respective type) within the second region are displayed with the second degree of visual prominence. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ,  826   a ,  836   a ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is a third distance from the route (e.g., in region  818 ), different from the first and second distances, the third distance within the first range of distances, the first visual representation corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with the first degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays other representations of physical objects (e.g., of the same type as the first physical object) that have respective distances from the visual indication of the route within the first range of distances with the first degree of visual prominence. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   b ,  826   b ,  836   b ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is a fourth distance from the route, different from the first, second and third distances, the fourth distance within the second range of distances (e.g., in region  820   a  or  820   b ), the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   b ,  826   b ,  836   b ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays other representations of physical objects (e.g., of the same type as the second physical object) that have respective distances from the visual indication of the route within the second range of distances with the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device defines regions of the representation of the map based on distance between the regions and the indication of the route and displays representations of objects in each region with a respective visual characteristic based on the distance between the indication of the route and the region. The above-described manner of displaying the first visual representation with a degree of visual prominence based on whether the first distance is within the first or second range of distances provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representation corresponding to the physical object (and visual representations corresponding to other physical objects), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 B , the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with the first degree of visual prominence only if it is the first distance from the route, the first visual representation (e.g.,  826   b ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with the second degree of visual prominence only if it is the second distance from the route, and in accordance with a determination that the first visual representation (e.g.,  816   c ) corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is a third distance, different from the first and second distances, from the route, the first visual representation corresponding to the first (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a third degree, different from the first and second degrees, of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of physical objects on the map with degrees of visual prominence that continuously vary based on the distance of the representations of the physical objects from the visual indication of the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device adjusts the degree of visual prominence of representations of objects on a pixel-by-pixel basis based on the distance between each pixel and the indication of the route to continuously vary the degree of visual prominence. The above-described manner of modifying the degree of visual prominence of the visual representation corresponding to the physical object based on the distance between the representation of the route and the representation corresponding to the physical object provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representation corresponding to the physical object (and visual representations corresponding to other physical objects) which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first (e.g., physical) object is a first type (e.g., category) of object. In some embodiments, types of objects include buildings, roads, bridges, tunnels, lane lines, other infrastructure, trees, and other natural features. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a second visual representation (e.g.,  826   a ,  826   b ) corresponding to a second (e.g., physical) object of the plurality of physical objects is the first distance from the route, wherein the second physical object is a second type of object, different from the first type of object, the second visual representation (e.g.,  826   a ,  826   b ) corresponding to the second (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a third degree of visual prominence different from the first degree of visual prominence, and In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a third visual representation corresponding to the first object type the first distance from the route with the first degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a fourth visual representation corresponding the second object type the first distance from the route with the third degree of visual prominence. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that the second visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ,  816   c ) corresponding to the second (e.g., physical) object is the second distance from the route, the second visual representation (e.g.,  816   a ,  816   c ) corresponding to the second (e.g., physical) object is displayed with a fourth degree of visual prominence different from the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a third visual representation corresponding to the first object type the second distance from the route with the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a fourth visual representation corresponding the second object type the second distance from the route with the fourth degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the degree of visual prominence with which representations of objects are displayed depends on the distance of the representations of the objects from the route and the type of object corresponding to the representation. For example, objects of a first type (e.g., buildings, roads, bridges, tunnels, other infrastructure) are displayed with greater visual prominence the closer the representations of these objects are to the indication of the route and objects of a second type (e.g., trees) are displayed with less visual prominence the closer the representations of these objects are to the indication of the route. The above-described manner of displaying the second visual representation corresponding to the second physical object with different degrees of visual prominence than the degrees of visual prominence with which the first visual representation corresponding to the first physical object provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representations corresponding to the first and second physical objects (and visual representations corresponding to other physical objects) based on the types of the first and second physical objects, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first type of object is a tree, the second type of object is a building, the first degree of visual prominence is less than the second degree of visual prominence, and the third degree of visual prominence is greater than the fourth degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of buildings with more visual prominence the closer the representations of the buildings are to the indication of the route. The above-described manner of modifying the degree of visual prominence of buildings to be more visually prominent closer to the indication of the route and less visually prominent further from the indication of the route provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representations corresponding to the buildings which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first distance includes a vertical (e.g., z-height) distance component (e.g., above, below, up, down). For example, a portion of an overpass or tunnel above the indication of the route is displayed with less visual prominence than a portion of an object at the same z-height as the visual indication of the route. The above-described manner of modifying the degree of visual prominence of the visual representation corresponding to the physical object based on the vertical distance between the representation of the route and the representation corresponding to the physical object provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representation corresponding to the physical object (and visual representations corresponding to other physical objects) which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , the first distance includes a lateral distance component (e.g., left, right, forward, back, north, south, east, west). For example, a visual representation of a first respective object that is at the same z-height as the visual indication of the route and a first respective lateral distance from the visual indication of the route is displayed with a first respective degree of visual prominence and a visual representation of a second respective object that is at the same z-height as the visual indication of the route and a second respective lateral distance from the visual indication of the route is displayed with a second respective degree of visual prominence. The above-described manner of modifying the degree of visual prominence of the visual representation corresponding to the physical object based on the lateral distance between the representation of the route and the representation corresponding to the physical object provides an efficient way of rendering the visual representation corresponding to the physical object (and visual representations corresponding to other physical objects) which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device and reduces driver distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a first plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  816   c ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the first degree of visual prominence (and have one or more other visual characteristics in common, such as object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.), and a second plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  816   a ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the second degree of visual prominence (and have one or more other visual characteristics in common, such as object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, as a batch, the first plurality of visual (e.g.,  816   c ) representations displayed with the first degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the electronic device generates the first plurality of visual representations in a single batch, optionally based on a respective representation that has one or more visual characteristics (e.g., object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.) in common with the first plurality of visual representations. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a first plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  816   c ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the first degree of visual prominence (and have one or more other visual characteristics in common, such as object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.), and a second plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  816   a ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the second degree of visual prominence (and have one or more other visual characteristics in common, such as object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, as a batch, the second plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  816   a ) displayed with the second degree of visual prominence; and In some embodiments, the electronic device generates the second plurality of visual representations in a single batch, optionally based on a respective representation that has one or more visual characteristics (e.g., object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.) in common with the second plurality of visual representations. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a third plurality, different from the first plurality, of visual representations (e.g.,  826   b ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the first degree of visual prominence, and a fourth plurality, different from the second plurality, of visual representations (e.g.,  826   a ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the second degree of visual prominence, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, as a batch, the third plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  826   b ) displayed with the first degree of visual prominence; and In some embodiments, the third plurality of visual representations have one or more visual characteristics (e.g., object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.) that are different from the one or more visual characteristics of the first plurality of visual representations and are displayed in a different batch from the batch of the first plurality of visual representations. In some embodiments, the third plurality of visual representations have one or more visual characteristics (e.g., object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.) in common with the one or more visual characteristics of the first plurality of visual representations and are displayed in the same batch as the batch of the first plurality of visual representations. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  8 A , in accordance with a determination that a third plurality, different from the first plurality, of visual representations (e.g.,  826   b ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the first degree of visual prominence, and a fourth plurality, different from the second plurality, of visual representations (e.g.,  826   a ) corresponding to (e.g., physical) objects in the respective (e.g., physical) region are associated with the second degree of visual prominence, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, as a batch, the fourth plurality of visual representations (e.g.,  826   a ) displayed with the second degree of visual prominence. In some embodiments, the fourth plurality of visual representations have one or more visual characteristics (e.g., object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.) that are different from the one or more visual characteristics of the second plurality of visual representations and are displayed in a different batch from the batch of the second plurality of visual representations. In some embodiments, the third plurality of visual representations have one or more visual characteristics (e.g., object type, size, shape, color, pattern of the representation, etc.) in common with the one or more visual characteristics of the second plurality of visual representations and are displayed in the same batch as the batch of the second plurality of visual representations. The above-described manner of batching the visual representations provides an efficient way of generating and displaying the visual representations, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, (e.g., while not displaying navigation directions), the electronic device presents a representation of a respective region on a map, including representations of (e.g., physical) objects in the region. In some embodiments, the electronic device presents a plurality of selectable options that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present the map in a respective mode selected by the user. For example, the available modes include a driving mode, an explore mode, a transit mode, and a satellite mode. In some embodiments, while presenting the map in the driving mode, the map includes indications of information and objects relevant to driving, such as the names of streets and indications of traffic on the streets. In some embodiments, while presenting the map in the explore mode, the map includes indications of information and objects relevant to learning more about the respective region represented by the map, such as points of interest, the names of streets, and the like. In some embodiments, while presenting the map in the transit mode, the electronic device presents indications of information and objects relevant to public transportation, such as indications and names of stations and indications of transit routes (e.g., overlaid on representations of roads and other objects). In some embodiments, while displaying the map in the satellite mode, the electronic device displays an image of the region corresponding to the map that was captured, for example, overhead by a satellite. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG.  9    have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and/or  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  900  described above with respect to  FIG.  9   . For example, the ways of modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions described above with reference to method  900  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives, modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map, presenting representations of physical objects in maps, and/or presenting representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and/or  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG.  9    are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operation  902  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     User Interfaces for Presenting Indications of Navigation Routes 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using electronic devices to present navigation directions from a first physical location to a second physical location. In some embodiments, presenting the navigation directions include presenting a representation of the navigation route and one or more representations of objects and/or physical objects in the physical vicinity of the route. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device modifies display of the representation of the navigation route when a portion of the navigation route is occluded by a representation of anther (e.g., physical) object. Providing efficient manners of modifying display of the navigation route while presenting the navigation directions enhances interactions with a device, thus reducing the amount of time a user needs to interact with the device while navigating, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices and improves safety (e.g., while driving). It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 J  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device modifies display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map in accordance with some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG.  11   . Although  FIGS.  10 A- 10 J  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG.  11   , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG.  11    in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS.  10 A- 10 J . 
       FIGS.  10 A- 10 J  illustrate various examples of an electronic device  500  modifying display of portions of an indication of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of physical objects according to some embodiments of the disclosure. Although the description of  FIGS.  10 A- 10 J  refers to “physical objects” it should be understood that one or more of the techniques described herein can be applied to any object displayed by the device that occludes a portion of the indication of the navigation route, including virtual objects. For example, the electronic device displays portions of the navigation route that are occluded by representations of other objects with a different color, size, or degree of translucency compared to portions of the navigation route that are not occluded by representations of objects. 
       FIG.  10 A  illustrates an exemplary navigation user interface according to some embodiments of the disclosure. In some embodiments, the user interface includes a map that includes an indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500 , indications  1012  of buildings in the vicinity of the electronic device  500 , an indication  1008   a  of the navigation route, and an indication  1012   a  of an overpass that goes over the navigation route. In some embodiments, at the level of zoom illustrated in  FIG.  10 A , the electronic device  500  presents a portion  1008   b  of the navigation route that goes under the overpass corresponding to indication  1012   a  with a different visual characteristic (e.g., color, size, translucency) than the visual characteristic of the rest of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route. For example, the portion  1008   b  of the indication  1008   a  of the route is displayed at a lighter color and/or with increased translucency than the rest of the indication  1008   a  of the route. In some embodiments, the portion  1008   b  of the indication  1008   a  of the route is displayed overlaid on the representation  1012   a  of the overpass with translucency that makes the indication  1012   a  of the overpass visible through the portion  1008   b  of the indication  1008   a  of the route. In some embodiments, the representation  1012   a  of the overpass is displayed overlaid on the portion  1008   b  of the indication  1008   a  of the route with translucency that makes the portion  1008   b  of the indication  1008   a  of the route visible through the indication  1012   a  of the overpass. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  selects the level of zoom with which to present the navigation directions according to one or more steps of method  700 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents an indication  1002   a  of the next navigation maneuver, an indication  1002   b  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the next navigation maneuver, an indication  1002   c  of the name of the street associated with the navigation maneuver (e.g., a street onto which the user will turn or merge), an option  1004   a  to view an overview of the navigation directions, an option  1004   b  to display audio settings for the navigation directions, an option  1004   c  to report an incident in the vicinity of the electronic device  500 , an indication  1006   a  of the estimated time of arrival, an indication  1006   b  of the estimated remaining duration of the navigation, an indication  1006   c  of the remaining distance along the navigation route, and an option  1006   d  to view more settings related to the navigation directions overlaid on the map. 
     Thus, as described with reference to  FIG.  10 A , the electronic device  500  modifies a portion  1008   b  of the indication  1008   a  of the route that is occluded by the representation  1012   a  of an overpass when at a respective level of zoom. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  10 B , the electronic device  500  does not modify the indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500  at the respective level of zoom when the indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500  is displayed at the location of the indication  1012   a  of the overpass. 
       FIG.  10 B  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500  while the current location of the electronic device  500  corresponds to a portion of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that is occluded by the indication  1012   a  of the overpass. As shown in  FIG.  10 B , the electronic device  500  presents the indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500  with the same visual characteristic as the visual characteristic with which the indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500  was displayed when the current location of the electronic device  500  did not correspond to a portion of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that is occluded by the indication  1012   a  of the overpass. In some embodiments, although the user is driving under the underpass corresponding to representation  1012   a , the electronic device  500  presents the indication  1010   a  of the current location of the electronic device  500  as if it were overlaid on the indication  1012   a  of the overpass, and not occluded by the indication  1012   a  of the overpass. 
       FIGS.  10 C- 10 G  illustrate various examples of the electronic device  500  presenting the indication of the route and the indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  while presenting the map from a different perspective and/or level of zoom from the perspective and level of zoom illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B . For example, the level of zoom in  FIGS.  10 C- 10 G  is greater than the level of zoom illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the perspective from which the maps user interface is displayed from the perspective shown in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B  to the perspective shown in  FIGS.  10 C- 10 G  in accordance with one or more steps of method  700 . 
       FIG.  10 C  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the maps user interface at a perspective and/or level of zoom associated with an upcoming maneuver (e.g., merging and/or exiting from a freeway). In some embodiments, the user interface includes an indication  1008   d  of the navigation route overlaid on the lanes of the road in which the user should drive in order to (e.g., safely, legally) execute an upcoming navigation maneuver, an indication  1010   b  of the current location of the electronic device  500  that is the same width as the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route, an indication  1014  of an upcoming exit, and a representation  1012   b  of an overpass that goes over the navigation route. For example, in  FIG.  10 C , the indication  1008   d  of the route is overlaid on the right two lanes of the road and is not overlaid on the left two lanes of the road because the user should drive in one of the right two lanes in order to (e.g., safely, legally) merge off the highway at the upcoming exit, as shown in  FIG.  10 C . In some embodiments, the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route is elevated above a representation of the surface of the road (e.g., equivalent to 1, 3, 5, 10, 20 feet above the surface of the road). In some embodiments, the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route is at the same level as the surface of the road. In some embodiments, the indication  1010   b  of the current location of the electronic device  500  includes a virtual shadow  1011   b  generated based on simulated (e.g., natural, artificial) light sources in the map (e.g., according to one or more steps of method  1300 ). In some embodiments, one or more other objects in the user interface (e.g., the representation  1012   b  of the overpass) also include virtual shadows generated based on simulated (e.g., natural, artificial) light sources in the map (e.g., according to one or more steps of method  1300 ). In some embodiments, the indication  1010   b  of the current location of the electronic device  500  does not include a virtual shadow  1011   b . As shown in  FIG.  10 C , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a portion  1008   c  of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route corresponding to a portion of the route that goes under the overpass corresponding to representation  1012   b  as if overlaid on representation  1012   b  (e.g., thus occluding that portion of overpass  1012   b ). In some embodiments, the portion  1008   c  of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route has the same color, styling, translucency, shading, etc. as the rest of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route. 
       FIG.  10 D  illustrates another example of the electronic device  500  presenting the maps user interface at a perspective and/or level of zoom associated with the upcoming maneuver (e.g., merging and/or exiting from the freeway).  FIG.  10 D  can be the same as  FIG.  10 C , except the portion  1008   e  of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route that corresponds to a portion of the navigation route that goes under the overpass corresponding to representation  1012   b  is displayed with different color, styling, translucency, shading, etc. than the rest of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route. For example, the portion  1008   e  of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route has increased translucency and/or a lighter color than the rest of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route. In some embodiments, the portion  1008   e  of the indication  1008   d  of the route is displayed overlaid on the representation  1012   b  of the overpass with translucency that makes the indication  1012   b  of the overpass visible through the portion  1008   e  of the indication  1008   d  of the route. In some embodiments, the representation  1012   b  of the overpass is displayed overlaid on the portion  1008   e  of the indication  1008   d  of the route with translucency that makes the portion  1008   e  of the indication  1008   d  of the route visible through the indication  1012   b  of the overpass. 
       FIG.  10 E  illustrates another example of the electronic device  500  presenting the maps user interface at a perspective and/or level of zoom associated with the upcoming maneuver (e.g., merging and/or exiting from the freeway).  FIG.  10 E  can be the same as  FIGS.  10 C- 10 D , except the representation  1008   e  of the overpass that goes over the navigation route (e.g., completely) obscures a portion of the indication  1008   d  of the navigation route that goes under the representation  1008   e  of the overpass. 
     In some embodiments, at the perspective and/or zoom illustrated in  FIGS.  10 C- 10 E  (e.g., a level of zoom associated with a respective upcoming navigation maneuver), the electronic device  500  modifies display of a portion of the representation of the current location of the electronic device  500  that is at a location overlapping a representation of a physical object, such as the representation  1012   b  of overpass. 
       FIG.  10 F  illustrates an example of modifying display of a portion  1016   a  of the representation  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  that overlaps with the location of the representation  1012   b  of the overpass. In some embodiments, the portion  1016   a  of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  is displayed in a different color or with increased translucency compared to the rest of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the portion  1016   a  of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  is displayed overlaid on the representation  1012   b  of the overpass with translucency that makes the indication  1012   b  of the overpass visible through the portion  1016   a  of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the representation  1012   b  of the overpass is displayed overlaid on the portion  1016   a  of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  with translucency that makes the portion  1016   a  of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  visible through the indication  1012   b  of the overpass. As shown in  FIG.  10 F , if the electronic device  500  determines that the user of the electronic device  500  should drive in one particular lane in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuvers of the navigation directions, the indication  1008   e  of the navigation route is overlaid on the lane in which the user should drive, for example. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  at the same width as the indication  1008   e  of the navigation route. In some embodiments, because the indication  1008   e  of the navigation route is the width of one lane, the width of the indication  1010   c  of the current location of the electronic device  500  is also the width of one lane. 
       FIG.  10 G  illustrates another example of modifying display of a portion  1016   b  of the indication  1010   g  of the current location of the electronic device  500  that overlaps a location of the representation  1012   b  of the overpass. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  modifies a portion  1016   b  of the indication  1010   g  of the current location of the electronic device  500  in  FIG.  10 F  in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIG.  10 F . As shown in  FIG.  10 G , if the electronic device  500  determines that the user of the electronic device  500  may drive in one of two particular lanes in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuvers of the navigation directions, the indication  1008   h  of the navigation route is overlaid on those two lanes in which the user should drive, for example. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the indication  1010   g  of the current location of the electronic device  500  at the same width as the indication  1008   h  of the navigation route. In some embodiments, because the indication  1008   h  of the navigation route is the width of two lanes, the width of the indication  1010   g  of the current location of the electronic device  500  is also the width of two lanes. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  tilts the representation of the current location of the electronic device  500  to reflect the topography of the road on which the user of the electronic device  500  is driving (e.g., hills, banked turns, etc.). For example,  FIG.  10 H  illustrates the electronic device  500  presenting navigation instructions in the maps user interface while the user of the electronic device  500  drives on a banked turn.  FIG.  10 H  illustrates, for example, the indication  1008   h  of the navigation route overlaid on the two lanes in which the user of the electronic device  500  is able to drive to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming navigation maneuvers, and an indication  1010   d  of the current location of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the indication  1010   d  of the current location of the electronic device  500  is displayed with a horizontal tilt to reflect the horizontal tilt of the portion of the road corresponding to the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the portion of road on which the user of the electronic device  500  is currently driving). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also tilts the indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  when displaying the maps user interface at different levels of zoom from the level of zoom illustrated in  FIG.  10 H , such as the level of zoom illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B  and the levels of zoom described above with reference to method  700 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not display the horizontal tilt of the indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  at levels of zoom other than the level of zoom illustrated in  FIG.  10 H , such as the level of zoom illustrated in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B  and the levels of zoom described above with reference to method  700 . For example, the level of zoom in  FIG.  10 H  is greater than the level of zoom in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  only displays the indication of the current location of the electronic device  500  with horizontal tilt if the horizontal tilt of the portion of road corresponding to the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the location at which the user of the electronic device  500  is currently driving) has a horizontal tilt exceeding a respective threshold angle (e.g., 0.5°, 1°, 2°, 3°, 5°, 10°, etc.). 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  similarly tilts the representation of the current location of the electronic device  500  in the maps user interface to reflect vertical (e.g., forward/backward) tilt of the road corresponding to the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the location of the road on which the user of the electronic device  500  is currently driving), as shown in  FIGS.  10 I- 10 J . In some embodiments, the level of zoom in  FIGS.  10 I- 10 J  is the same as the level of zoom in  FIGS.  10 A- 10 B  and less than the level of zoom in  FIGS.  10 C- 10 H . 
     For example,  FIG.  10 I  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the navigation user interface while the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the portion of the road on which the user of the electronic device  500  is currently driving) is going down a hill. As shown in  FIG.  10 I , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the indication  1010   i  of the current location of the electronic device  500  and representations  1012  of the buildings in the user interface with a vertical (e.g., forward/backward) tilt that indicates that the electronic device  500  is moving downhill (e.g., the portion of the map towards the top of the user interface is at a lower elevation (e.g., further from the virtual camera via which the map is presented) than the portion of the map towards the bottom of the user interface (e.g., which is closer to the virtual camera via which the map is presented)). For example, the top and back surfaces of the indication  1010   i  of the current location of the electronic device  500  are visible in  FIG.  10 I . 
       FIG.  10 I  also illustrates an example of a portion  1008   f  of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that is obstructed by a representation  1018  of a physical object in the perspective of the map shown in  FIG.  10 I . For example, representation  1018  corresponds to a building that is next to the navigation route. In some embodiments, although the navigation route does not go under the building corresponding to representation  1018 , a portion  1008   f  of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route is obstructed by the representation  1018  of the building due to the perspective of the virtual camera through which the user interface is displayed. In some embodiments, the portion  1008   f  of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that is obstructed by the representation  1018  of the building is displayed with a different color, translucency, size, style, etc. from those of portions of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that are not obstructed by representations of physical objects. 
     In some embodiments, if multiple (e.g., non-consecutive) portions of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route are obstructed by representations of physical objects in the user interface, the electronic device  500  displays those portions of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route with different colors, translucencies, sizes, styles, etc. from the portions of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route not obstructed by representations of physical objects. In some embodiments, the ways the electronic device  500  modifies display of portion  1008   f  of the indication  1008   a  of the route are similar to the previously-described ways in which the electronic device  500  modifies other portions of the indications of the routes when occluded by representations of other objects (e.g., indications of overpasses). In some embodiments, the portions of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that are obstructed by representations of physical objects are displayed with the same colors, translucencies, sizes, styles, etc. as one another. In some embodiments, the portions of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route that are obstructed by representations of physical objects are displayed with the different colors, translucencies, sizes, styles, etc. that correspond to, for example, the type of object corresponding to the representation obstructing the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route and/or the color, style, size, translucency, etc. of the portion of the representation of the physical object obstructing the portion of the indication  1008   a  of the navigation route. For example, a portion of the indication of the route that is occluded by a building has a different color than a portion of the indication of the route that is occluded by an overpass. 
     As another example,  FIG.  10 J  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the navigation user interface while the current location of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the portion of the road on which the user of the electronic device  500  is currently driving) is going up a hill. As shown in  FIG.  10 J , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the indication  1010   f  of the current location of the electronic device  500  and representations  1012  of the buildings in the user interface with a vertical (e.g., forward/backward) tilt that indicates that the electronic device  500  is moving uphill (e.g., the portion of the map towards the top of the user interface is at a higher elevation (e.g., closer to the virtual camera via which the map is presented) than the portion of the map towards the bottom of the user interface (e.g., which is further from the virtual camera via which the map is presented)). For example, the top and front surfaces of the indication  1010   f  of the current location of the electronic device  500  are visible in  FIG.  10 J . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  10 J , the electronic device  500  displays the indication  1008   f  of the navigation route with z-height that reflects the elevation of the navigation route in real life. For example, a portion  1008   g  of the navigation route that goes over an overpass is displayed at a higher z-height than a representation  1020  of the road that goes under the overpass. 
       FIG.  11    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1100  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , and device  500 , as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 H . Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1100  provides ways in which an electronic device modifies display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map in accordance with some embodiments. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , method  1100  is performed at an electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device), optionally in communication with one or more of a mouse (e.g., external), trackpad (optionally integrated or external), remote control device (e.g., external), another mobile device (e.g., separate from the electronic device), a handheld device (e.g., external), and/or a controller (e.g., external, etc.), or a set-top box in communication one or more input devices (e.g., a remote control). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display), external display such as a monitor, projector, television, or a hardware component (optionally integrated or external) for projecting a user interface or causing a user interface to be visible to one or more users, etc. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location (e.g., such as described with reference to methods  700  and/or  900 ), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a representation of a map from a first perspective, wherein the representation of the map includes an indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route on the representation of a map. In some embodiments, the indication of the route (e.g., a route line) is displayed overlaid on one or more roads, streets, etc. included in the route. For example, roads and streets not included in the route are displayed in a first plurality of colors (e.g., colors corresponding to the colors of the roads and streets in real life) and the indication of the route is displayed in a second color different from the first plurality of colors (e.g., blue, green, yellow, red, orange) overlaid on the roads/streets. In some embodiments, the route line has one or more of the characteristics of the route lines described with reference to methods  700  and/or  900 . In some embodiments, navigating along the route includes presenting navigation directions from the first physical location to the second physical location in a manner that is synchronized with the current location of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the first perspective refers to the zoom level and/or pose (e.g., position and angle) of a virtual camera relative to an indication of the current location of the electronic device that defines the field of view in which the representation of the map is presented. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location (e.g., such as described with reference to methods  700  and/or  900 ), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a representation of a map from a first perspective, wherein the representation of the map includes a representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of a physical object on the representation of the map. In some embodiments, the objects is one of a building, landmark, plant, or other object in the physical area represented by the map. In some embodiments, the representation physically resembles the object to which it corresponds. In some embodiments, the representation is displayed at a location on the map corresponding to the physical location of the object in the physical area represented by the map. In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is a representation of an object, such as described with reference to method  900 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location (e.g., such as described with reference to methods  700  and/or  900 ), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a representation of a map from a first perspective, wherein the representation of the map includes, in accordance with a determination that a respective portion (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object from the first perspective, the respective portion of the indication of the route is displayed with a visual characteristic (e.g., color, size, opacity, pattern) having a first value. In some embodiments, the indication of the route is not occluded by the representation of the physical object if the representation of the physical object does not overlap any portion of the indication of the route when displayed from the first perspective. In some embodiments, other portions of the route not occluded by representations of physical objects are also displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, although the respective portion of the indication of the route is not occluded by the representation of the physical object from the first perspective, the respective portion of the indication of the route is occluded by the representation of the physical object from a different perspective. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , while navigating along a route from a first physical location to a second physical location (e.g., such as described with reference to methods  700  and/or  900 ), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a representation of a map from a first perspective, wherein the representation of the map includes, in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object from the first perspective, the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the indication of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic (e.g., color, size, opacity, pattern) having a second value different from the first value. In some embodiments, other portions of the route occluded by representations of other physical objects are displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, although the respective portion of the indication of the route is occluded by the representation of the physical object from the first perspective, the respective portion of the indication of the route is not occluded by the representation of the physical object from a different perspective. In some embodiments, portions of the indication of the route occluded by representations of physical objects are displayed with a different color and/or with increased translucency compared to portions of the route not occluded by representations of physical objects. In some embodiments, the portion of the route that is occluded by the representation of the physical object is displayed overlaid on the representation of the physical object (e.g., with increased translucency compared to portions of the route not occluded by representations of physical objects). In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is overlaid on the indication of the route and the representation of the physical object (e.g., or a portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the indication of the route) is displayed with a level of translucency that makes the indication of the route visible through the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, a portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the route has increased translucency compared to other portions of the representation of the physical object that do not occlude the route (e.g., so that the portion of the route is visible through the representation of the physical object). The above-described manner of displaying the respective portion of the indication of the route with the visual characteristic having different values depending on whether or not the respective portion of the indication of the route is occluded by the representation of the physical object provides an efficient way of concurrently displaying the indication of the route and the representation of the physical object, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 D , while navigating along the route from the first physical location to the second physical location, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the representation of the map from a second perspective, different from the first perspective. In some embodiments, the electronic device updates the perspective with which the representation of the map is displayed in accordance with one or more steps of method  700 . In some embodiments, the first perspective has a lower level of zoom and a different angle relative to a respective reference (e.g., gravity) compared to those of the second perspective. In some embodiments, the first perspective has a different lateral angle compared to the second perspective. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 D , in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object from the second perspective, the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value, and In some embodiments, due to the differences between the first perspective and second perspective, the respective portion of the indication of the route may not be occluded from the second perspective even if it was occluded from the first perspective. In some embodiments, the respective portion of the indication of the route is not occluded from the first perspective or second perspective. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 D , in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   e ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object from the second perspective, the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   e ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, due to differences between the first perspective and second perspective, the respective portion of the indication of the route may be occluded from the second perspective even if it was not occluded from the first perspective. In some embodiments, the respective portion of the indication of the route is occluded from the first perspective and second perspective. The above-described manner of displaying the respective portion of the indication with a different visual characteristic depending on whether or not the respective portion of the indication is occlude by the representation of the physical object from the second perspective provides an efficient way of presenting portions of the indication of the route line that are occluded by representations of objects from the second perspective, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , in accordance with the determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the indication of the route is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object from the first perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays a respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object that is occluding the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route with a first visual appearance. In some embodiments, displaying the respective portion of the representation of the physical object with the first visual appearance includes displaying the respective portion of the representation of the physical object with a first color, translucency, style, level of detail, etc. For example, if a representation of an overpass includes an indication of lane lines of the overpass, the electronic device forgoes displaying the lane lines of the portion of the representation of the overpass that is occluding the respective portion of the indication of the route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , in accordance with the determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the indication of the route is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object from the first perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the respective portion (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object with a second visual appearance different from the first visual appearance. In some embodiments, displaying the respective portion of the representation of the physical object with the second visual appearance includes displaying the respective portion of the representation of the physical object with a second color, translucency, style, level of detail, etc. For example, if a representation of an overpass includes an indication of lane lines of the overpass, the electronic device displays the lane lines of the respective portion of the representation of the overpass if the respective portion of the representation of the overpass does not occlude the visual indication of the route. The above-described manner of modifying the visual appearance of the respective representation of the physical object provides an efficient way of increasing the visibility of the indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 I , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, on the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route on the representation of the map, a current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   i ) that corresponds to a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) on the representation of the map. For example, if the electronic device is at a first physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a first respective position on the map corresponding to the first physical location and if the electronic device is at a second physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a second respective position on the map corresponding to the second physical location. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 I , in accordance with a determination that a topography of the representation of the map at the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   i ) has a first grade (e.g., roll, pitch), the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   i ) is displayed with a first orientation based on the first grade. In some embodiments, if the topography of the map at the current location indicator is tilted to the left, the current location indicator is displayed tilted to the left. In some embodiments, if the topography of the map at the current location indicator is tilted up with respect to the direction of movement along the route, the electronic device displays the current location indicator tilted up with respect to the direction of movement along the route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 J , in accordance with a determination that the topography of the representation of the map at the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   f ) has a second grade (e.g., roll, pitch), different from the first grade, the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   f ) is displayed with a second orientation, different from the first orientation, based on the second grade. In some embodiments, if the topography of the map at the current location indicator is tilted to the right, the current location indicator is displayed tilted to the right. In some embodiments, if the topography of the map at the current location indicator is tilted down with respect to the direction of movement along the route, the electronic device displays the current location indicator tilted down with respect to the direction of movement along the route. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the current location indicator with an orientation based on the pitch (e.g., tilting up/down relative to the direction of motion along the route) of the topography of the map, but not based on the roll (e.g., tilting left/right) of the topography of the map. The above-described manner of displaying the current location indicator with an orientation based on the topography of the representation of the map at the current location indicator provides an efficient way of consistently representing the topography of the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 C , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, on the indication of the route (e.g.,  1008   d ) on the representation of the map a current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   b ) that corresponds to a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) on the representation of the map. For example, if the electronic device is at a first physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a first respective position on the map corresponding to the first physical location and if the electronic device is at a second physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a second respective position on the map corresponding to the second physical location. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 C , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, on the indication of the route (e.g.,  1008   d ) on the representation of the map a simulated shadow (e.g.,  1011   b ) cast by the current location indicator on the representation of the map. In some embodiments, the simulated shadow is displayed with a visual characteristic based on a visual characteristic mode of the electronic device according to one or more steps of method  1300 . In some embodiments, the direction of the simulated shadow is based on the position of the sun at the current time and location of the electronic device. For example, if the map is oriented so that north is up and the sun is currently northeast of the current location of the electronic device, the electronic device displays the simulated shadow down and to the left of the current location indicator. In some embodiments, the position, size, etc. of the simulated shadow is based on the location, intensity, color, etc. of one or more simulated natural and/or artificial light sources with which the map is currently displayed according to one or more steps of method  1300 . The above-described manner of displaying the simulated shadow cast by the current location indicator provides a visually pleasing way of presenting the current location indicator on the visual indication of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently and reduces distraction while using the electronic device to navigate while driving. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, on the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route on the representation of the map, a current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   b ) that corresponds to a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) on the representation of the map. For example, if the electronic device is at a first physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a first respective position on the map corresponding to the first physical location and if the electronic device is at a second physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a second respective position on the map corresponding to the second physical location. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that a respective portion of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   b ) is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object from the first perspective, the respective portion of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   b ) is displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, etc.) having a third value. In some embodiments, if the entire current location indicator is not occluded by the representation of the physical object, the electronic device displays the entire current location indicator with the second visual characteristic having the third value. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object from the first perspective, the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is displayed with the second visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, etc.) having a fourth value, different from the third value. In some embodiments, even if the representation of the physical object is between the current location indicator and the viewpoint from which the map is displayed, the electronic device displays the portion of the current location indicator that is occluded by the representation of the physical object overlaid on the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is overlaid on the indication of the route and the representation of the physical object (e.g., or a portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the indication of the route) is displayed with a level of translucency that makes the indication of the route visible through the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, the occluded portion of the current location indicator is displayed with a different color, with increased translucency, and/or a different pattern than portions of the current location indicator not occluded by the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, if the entire current location indicator is occluded by the representation of the physical object, the electronic device displays the entire current location indicator with the second visual characteristic having the fourth value. In some embodiments, as the portion of the current location indicator that is occluded by the representation of the physical object changes (e.g., due to motion of the electronic device and corresponding motion of the current location indicator), the electronic device updates which portion of the current location indicator is displayed with the second visual characteristic having the fourth value. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the current location indicator moves from being occluded to not being occluded, the electronic device updates a respective portion of the current location indicator with the second visual characteristic having the fourth value to displaying the (e.g., entire) current location indicator with the second visual characteristic having the third value. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the current location indicator moves from not being occluded to being occluded, the electronic device updates the current location indicator from being displayed with the second visual characteristic having the fourth value to displaying a respective portion current location indicator that is occluded with the second visual characteristic having the fourth value. The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the current location indicator with the second visual characteristic having the value based on whether or not the portion of the current location indicator is occluded by the representation of the physical object provides an efficient way of maintaining display of the current location indicator even if it is (e.g., partially) occluded by the representation of the physical object which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 A , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, on the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route on the representation of the map, a current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   a ) that corresponds to a current location of the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) on the representation of the map. For example, if the electronic device is at a first physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a first respective position on the map corresponding to the first physical location and if the electronic device is at a second physical location, the electronic device displays the current location indicator at a second respective position on the map corresponding to the second physical location. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a first zoom level, such as in  FIG.  10 A , in accordance with the determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the indication of the route is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, at the first zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having the first value. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a first zoom level, such as in  FIG.  10 A , in accordance with the determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   a ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, at the first zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   b ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having the second value. In some embodiments, the portion of the indication of the route that is occluded by the representation of the physical object is displayed with a different color or pattern and/or increased level of translucency than portions of the indication of the route that are not occluded by the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, the portion of the indication of the route that is occluded by the representation of the physical object is displayed overlaid on the representation of the physical object even if the representation of the physical object is between the portion of the indication of the route and the viewpoint from which the map is being displayed. For example, the portion of the indication of the route is displayed overlaid on the representation of the physical object with increased translucency relative to the rest of the indication of the route. In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is overlaid on the indication of the route and the representation of the physical object (e.g., or a portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the indication of the route) is displayed with a level of translucency that makes the indication of the route visible through the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, the portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the indication of the route is visible through the transparent portion of the visual indication of the route that is occluded by the representation of the physical object. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that a zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a first zoom level, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that a respective portion (e.g.,  1010   b ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   b ) is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, at the first zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1010   b ) of the current location indicator is displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having a third value. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic is the same as the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic is different from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic having the third value is the same as the first visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic having the third value is different from as the first visual characteristic having the first value. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that a zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a first zoom level, in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, at the first zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is displayed with the second visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having a fourth value, different from the third value. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic having the fourth value is the same as the first visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, the second visual characteristic having the fourth value is different from as the first visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, the portion of the current location indicator that is occluded by the representation of the physical object is displayed with a different color or pattern and/or increased level of translucency than portions of the current location indicator that are not occluded by the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, the portion of the current location indicator that is occluded by the representation of the physical object is displayed overlaid on the representation of the physical object even if the representation of the physical object is between the portion of the current location indicator and the viewpoint from which the map is being displayed. For example, the portion of the current location indicator is displayed overlaid on the representation of the physical object with increased translucency relative to the rest of the current location indicator (or relative to display of the current location indicator at a different time while the current location indicator is not occluded by the representation of the physical object). In some embodiments, the portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the current location indicator is visible through the transparent portion of the current location indicator that is occluded by the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is overlaid on the indication of the current location of the electronic device and the representation of the physical object (e.g., or a portion of the representation of the physical object that occludes the indication of the current location of the electronic device) is displayed with a level of translucency that makes the indication of the current location visible through the representation of the physical object. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a second zoom level, different from (e.g., greater than, less than) the first zoom level, in accordance with the determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, from a second perspective, at the second zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having the first value. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a second zoom level, different from (e.g., greater than, less than) the first zoom level, in accordance with the determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   e ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, from a second perspective, at the second zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   e ) of the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is not displayed; In some embodiments, while displaying the map from the second zoom level, the electronic device forgoes display of portions of the indication of the route that are occluded by the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, while displaying the map from the second zoom level, the electronic device displays the portions of the indication of the route that are occluded by the representation of the physical object with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, while displaying the map from the second zoom level, the electronic device displays the portions of the indication of the route that are occluded by the representation of the physical object with the visual characteristic having the second value. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that the zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a second zoom level, different from (e.g., greater than, less than) the first zoom level, in accordance with a determination that a respective portion (e.g.,  1010   c ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is not occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, from a second perspective, at the second zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator is displayed with the second visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having the third value. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that the zoom level at which the representation of the map is displayed is a second zoom level, different from (e.g., greater than, less than) the first zoom level, in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is occluded by the representation (e.g.,  1012   b ) of the physical object (e.g., from the first perspective, from a second perspective, at the second zoom), the respective portion (e.g.,  1016   a ) of the current location indicator (e.g.,  1010   c ) is displayed with the second visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, pattern, style, etc.) having the fourth value, different from the third value. In some embodiments, while displaying the map from the second zoom level, the electronic device forgoes display of the portions of the current location indicator that are occluded by the representation of the physical object. In some embodiments, while displaying the map from the second zoom level, the electronic device displays the portions of current location indicator that are occluded by the representation of the physical object with the second visual characteristic having the third value. The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the indication of the route with the visual characteristic having the second value while displaying the map at the first zoom level provides an efficient way of maintaining display of the portion of the indication of the route that is occluded by the representation of the object, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 J , in accordance with a determination that the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   g ) of the indication (e.g.,  10080  of the route occludes a respective portion of the representation of the physical object, the respective portion (e.g.,  1008   g ) of the indication (e.g.,  10080  of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the respective portion of the indication of the route does not occlude a representation of a physical object, the respective portion of the indication of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the indication of the route with the visual characteristic having the first value irrespective of which portions of the indication of the route, if any, occlude representations of physical objects on the map. For example, the route goes over an overpass that occludes a road below and portions of the route that are on the overpass are displayed with the same visual characteristics as portions of the route that are not on the overpass (e.g., portions of the route that are on a road on the ground). The above-described manner of displaying the respective portion of the indication of the route that occludes a respective portion of the representation of the physical object with the visual characteristic having the first value provides an efficient way of presenting the indication of the route visibly on the map which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 I , the representation (e.g.,  1018 ) of the physical object is not coincident with (e.g., on top of) the indication of the route on the representation of the map (e.g., the representation of the physical object is adjacent to the indication of the route on the representation of the map). In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is displayed in three dimensions. For example, the route is adjacent to a building and the electronic device displays the map from a perspective such that the building is between a portion of the indication of the route and the viewpoint from which the map is displayed, and the portion of the indication of the route occluded by the representation of the building is displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value and the rest of the indication of the route is displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value. The above-described manner of displaying the portion of the representation of the route that is occluded by a representation of the object that is not coincident with the indication of the route with the visual characteristic having the second value provides an efficient way of displaying the portion of the indication of the route visibly on the map which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on a portion of a representation of a road included in the route from the first physical location to the second physical location. In some embodiments, the representation of the road is wider than the width of the indication of the route. In some embodiments, the representation of the road includes visual indications of lanes of the road. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the route includes driving on a first side of the portion of the road, the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on the first side of the portion of the representation of the road and is not overlaid on the second side of the portion of the representation of the road. For example, the road includes a first lane for traffic moving in a first direction and a second lane for traffic moving in a second direction and the electronic device displays the indication of the route overlaid on the lane corresponding to the direction in which the electronic device is moving. As another example, if an upcoming maneuver of the navigation route requires driving in a first lane of the road and not a second lane of the road in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the maneuver, the electronic device displays the indication of the route overlaid on the side of the road having the first lane (e.g., according to one or more steps of method  700 ). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the route includes driving on a second side, different from the first side, of the portion of the representation of the road, the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on the second side of the portion of the representation of the road and is not overlaid on the first side of the portion of the representation of the road. In some embodiments, if an upcoming maneuver of the navigation route requires driving in a second lane of the road and not a first lane of the road in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the maneuver, the electronic device displays the indication of the route overlaid on the side of the road having the second lane (e.g., according to one or more steps of method  700 ). The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route overlaid on the side of the road including the route provides an efficient way of presenting a realistic and detailed map of the route, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on a portion of a road included in the route from the first physical location to the second physical location, wherein the portion of the road includes a first lane and a second lane corresponding to a same direction of traffic on the portion of the road. In some embodiments, the representation of the road is wider than the width of the indication of the route. In some embodiments, the representation of the road includes visual indications of lanes of the road. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the route corresponds to driving in the first lane but not the second lane (e.g., in order to (e.g., safely, legally) complete an upcoming maneuver of the route), the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on the first lane of the portion of the road and is not overlaid on the second lane of the portion of the road. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the indication of the route overlaid on the first lane of the portion of the road in accordance with one or more steps of method  700 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the route corresponds to driving in the second lane but not the first lane, the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on the second lane of the portion of the road and is not overlaid on the first lane of the portion of the road. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that the route corresponds to driving in the first lane and the second lane, the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed overlaid on the first and second lanes of the portion of the road. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the visual indication of the route overlaid on a plurality of lanes of the portion of the road if the route corresponds to driving in one of the plurality of lanes (e.g., the user is able to (e.g., safely, legally) complete the upcoming maneuver from any of the plurality of lanes). The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route overlaid on one or more lanes corresponding to the navigation directions provides an efficient way of indicating to the user which lanes to drive in, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 E , in accordance with a determination that a portion of the route corresponds to a first maneuver on the route, the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route displayed on the representation of the map at a first zoom level has a first width. In some embodiments, the first zoom level is associated with the first maneuver according to one or more steps of method  700 . In some embodiments, the first width of the indication of the route is associated with the first maneuver according to one or more steps of method  700 . For example, the first maneuver is merging from a first road to a second road from one of three lanes of the first road and the indication of the route is displayed at a width that covers the three lanes of the first road (and does not cover one or more additional lanes of the first road). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 F , in accordance with a determination that the portion of the route corresponds to a second maneuver on the route, the indication (e.g.,  1008   e ) of the route displayed on the representation of the map at a second zoom level (e.g., the second zoom level is the same as the first zoom level, the second zoom level is different from the first zoom level) has a second width, different from the first width. In some embodiments, the second zoom level is associated with the second maneuver according to one or more steps of method  700 . In some embodiments, the second width of the indication of the route is associated with the second maneuver according to one or more steps of method  700 . For example, the second maneuver is turning from a first road to a second road from one lane of the first road and the indication of the route is displayed at a width that covers the one lane of the first road (and does not cover one or more additional lanes of the first road). The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route with a width corresponding to an upcoming maneuver provides an efficient way of displaying the details needed to execute the upcoming maneuver, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 I , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays a first portion of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route at a first elevation, wherein the first portion of the indication (e.g.,  1008   a ) of the route corresponds to a first portion of the representation of the map that has a topography corresponding to a first respective elevation. In some embodiments, the representation of the map includes contours and/or shading to indicate topography of the region corresponding to the map. For example, if the first portion of the route has a lower elevation than a region proximate to the first portion of the route, the first portion of the representation of the route is displayed with a lower elevation than a portion of the map corresponding to the region proximate to the first portion of the route. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 J , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays a second portion (e.g.,  1008   g ), different from the first portion, of the indication (e.g.,  10080  of the route at a second elevation, different from the first elevation, wherein the second portion (e.g.,  1008   g ) of the indication of the route corresponds to a second portion, different from the first portion, of the representation of the map that has a topography corresponding to a second respective elevation, different from the first respective elevation. For example, if the first portion of the route has a higher elevation than a region proximate to the first portion of the route, the first portion of the representation of the route is displayed with a higher elevation than a portion of the map corresponding to the region proximate to the first portion of the route. The above-described manner of displaying the indication of the route with an elevation corresponding to the elevation of the portion of the route provides an efficient way of accurately representing the region corresponding to the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  10 D , the indication (e.g.,  1008   d ) of the route is displayed with translucency such that one or more features of one or more elements on the representation of the map that are underneath the indication of the route are visible through the indication of the route. In some embodiments, the road included in the route includes markings, such as lane markings, intersections, and the like. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of the markings on representations of the roads. In some embodiments, the translucency of the indication of the route is a level of translucency that causes the markings of a road included in the route to be visible through the indication of the route. The above-described manner of displaying the one or more features of the one or more elements on the representation of the map through the indication of the route provides an efficient way of displaying the one or more features visibly on the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the indication of the route is displayed with a visual characteristic having a value that varies based on traffic conditions along the route. For example, if traffic is relatively congested at a respective portion of the route, the electronic device displays a respective portion of the indication of the route in red. As another example, if traffic is relatively moderate at a respective portion of the route, the electronic device displays a respective portion of the indication of the route in orange. As another example, if traffic is relatively clear at a respective portion of the route, the electronic device displays a respective portion of the indication of the route in blue. In some embodiments, the electronic device blends the colors of adjacent portions of the indication of the route with different traffic conditions. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the route line in a color corresponding to the traffic conditions along the route, including displaying a portion of the route line that goes through an intersection in a color corresponding to the traffic conditions along the road of the route (and not the other road through the intersection). In some embodiments, while displaying indications of traffic for multiple roads (e.g., while navigating along a route or while not navigating along a route), the electronic device displays intersections with indications of traffic corresponding to the traffic of the road of the intersection that has the greatest degree of traffic. For example, an intersection of a highway and a residential street includes an indication of the traffic on the highway. As another example, an intersection of a road experiencing a traffic jam and a road not experiencing a traffic jam is displayed with a visual indication of the traffic jam. 
     In some embodiments, indications of traffic are displayed with a width corresponding to the level of zoom with which the map is displayed (e.g., to correspond to the width of the road relative to the size of the area represented by the map) and the class of the road. For example, indications of traffic on highways with many lanes are displayed with a greater width than indications of traffic on residential roads that have fewer lanes. 
     In some embodiments, the indication of traffic is displayed overlaid on a representation of a road at a height above the representation of the road (e.g., similar to the indication of the route). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG.  11    have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1300 , and/or  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1100  described above with respect to  FIG.  11   . For example, the ways of modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map described above with reference to method  1100  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives, modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions, presenting representations of physical objects in maps, and/or presenting representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1300 , and/or  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG.  11    are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operation  1102  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     User Interfaces for Presenting Representations of Physical Objects on Maps 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using electronic devices to present maps of physical locations. In some embodiments, presenting the map includes presenting representations of physical objects in the physical region represented by the map. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents representations of physical objects in a map in various display modes of the electronic device. Providing efficient manners of presenting representations of physical objects on maps enhances interactions with a device, thus reducing the amount of time a user needs to interact with the device while viewing a map, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 H  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of physical objects in maps in accordance with some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG.  13   . Although  FIGS.  12 A- 12 H  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG.  13   , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG.  13    in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 12 H . 
       FIGS.  12 A- 12 H  illustrate various examples of maps user interfaces that include representations of physical objects. For example, the electronic device displays the maps in multiple display modes, such as light mode and dark mode. In some embodiments, an operating system of the electronic device controls the setting of the light mode and dark mode display modes. For example, the user is able to select whether to display user interfaces on the electronic device in the light mode, in the dark mode, or in a mode that uses the light mode during a first (e.g., predetermined) time of day (e.g., during daytime) and uses the dark mode during a second (e.g., predetermined) time of day (e.g., during nighttime). 
     In some embodiments, displaying user interfaces in the light mode includes applying light mode styling specific to the application of the user interface and/or overriding the styling of the application to use a lighter color palette than the color palette of the dark mode. For example, in the light mode, text is generally styled with a dark colored font on a light background. As another example, in the light mode, the application presents maps that use a relatively light color palette compared to the color palette of the dark mode. 
     In some embodiments, displaying user interfaces in the dark mode includes applying dark mode styling specific to the application of the user interface and/or overriding the styling of the application to use a darker color palette than the color palette of the light mode. For example, in the dark mode, text is generally styled with a light colored font on a dark background. As another example, in the dark mode, the application presents maps that use a relatively dark color palette compared to the color palette of the light mode. 
       FIG.  12 A  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying a representation  1202  of a physical object (e.g., a building, City Hall) and an icon  1204  representing the physical object in a light mode of a maps user interface. In some embodiments, the representation  1202  is a three-dimensional rendering of the physical object. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1202  of the physical object in response to a sequence of one or more inputs panning and zooming the map to the location of the representation  1202  of the physical object at a zoom level at which the representation  1202  of the physical object is displayed. In some embodiments, the colors of the representation  1202  correspond to the colors of the physical object in real life. While presenting the representation  1202  in the light mode, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  optionally applies a light mode or daytime virtual lighting effect to the representation  1202 , such as simulating lighting provided by the sun, optionally without simulating lighting provided by manmade light sources (e.g., lights within or around the building). For example, the electronic device  500  displays a virtual shadow  1206  of the representation  1202  of the physical object to simulate the representation  1202  being lit by sunlight. 
     In some embodiments, the icon  1204  representing the physical object includes a three-dimensional representation of the physical object in colors that correspond to the colors of the physical object. In some embodiments, the icon  1204  includes a different portion of the physical object than the portion(s) of the physical object represented by the representation  1202 . In some embodiments, the icon  1204  presents the object from a different perspective than the perspective from which the representation  1202  is displayed. In some embodiments, the icon  1204  is displayed in different colors than the representation  1202  (e.g., the colors of the icon  1204  and the colors of the representation  1202  both correspond to the same visual characteristic mode (e.g., day mode or light mode)). In some embodiments, while displaying the icon  1204  in the light mode, the electronic device  500  displays the image of the physical object in the icon with simulated daytime natural light. For example, the background of the icon  1204  is a daytime sky and the colors and shading correspond to the appearance of the object when illuminated in sunlight. In some embodiments, the representation  1202  and icon  1204  are displayed at a location on the map that corresponds to a location of the physical object in the real world. 
     In some embodiments, the maps user interface further includes a settings option  1208   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present a plurality of display settings for the map. In some embodiments, the maps user interface further includes an option  1208   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present a portion of the map including the current location of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the maps user interface further includes an option  1208   c  to present one or more images corresponding to the location shown on the map (e.g., ground-level photos of the region represented by the map). In some embodiments, the maps user interface further includes a search box  1208   d  to which a search input may be directed to cause the electronic device  500  to search for addresses, landmarks, and other objects on the map, optionally in accordance with one or more steps of method  1500 . 
     In some embodiments, in response to a request to update the perspective with which the map is displayed, the electronic device  500  updates the perspective of the representation  1202  of the physical object without updating the perspective of the icon  1204  representing the object. For example, in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device  500  detects (e.g., circular) movement of contacts  1203   a  and  1203   b , which corresponds to a request to rotate the perspective from which the map is presented. In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device  500  updates the user interface as shown in  FIG.  12 B . 
       FIG.  12 B  illustrates an example of the maps user interface including the representation  1202  of the physical object and the icon  1204  representing the physical object from an updated perspective in accordance with the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 A . As shown in  FIG.  12 B , for example, the electronic device  500  rotates the map, including rotating the representation  1202  of the physical object, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 A . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not rotate the view of the physical object included in icon  1204  in response to the input in  FIG.  12 A , as shown in  FIG.  12 B . In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device updates the position in the user interface at which icon  1204  is displayed. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device forgoes updating the position in the user interface at which icon  1204  is displayed. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  12 B , the electronic device  500  continues to display the maps user interface in the light mode with the same light mode styling, shading, and virtual lighting as those of  FIG.  12 A . 
     In some embodiments, when transitioning from displaying the map in the light mode to the dark mode (and vice-versa), the electronic device  500  displays an animated transition of the colors, styling, shading, and/or virtual lighting changing in accordance with the change in the mode in which the map is being displayed by the electronic device  500 . For example,  FIG.  12 C  illustrates a portion of the animated transition between displaying the map in the light mode shown in  FIG.  12 B  and a dark mode shown in  FIG.  12 D . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  transitions between the light and dark modes in response to a user input corresponding to a request to change the display mode of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  transitions between the light and dark modes in accordance with a determination that the electronic device  500  is configured to change display modes at a predetermined time and the current time is the predetermined time. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  transitions between the light and dark modes in accordance with a determination that the electronic device  500  is configured to change display modes at sunrise or sunset and it is currently sunrise or sunset at the current location of the electronic device  500 . 
     In some embodiments, displaying the animated transition between the light mode and the dark mode includes displaying the map with colors, styling, shading, and virtual lighting that correspond to lighting conditions between the light mode and dark mode or between daytime and nighttime. For example, differences between the shading of the map, including the representation  1202  of the physical object and the icon  1204  representing the physical object in  FIG.  12 C  from the shading in  FIGS.  12 A- 12 B  represent differences in the colors of the image of the map displayed by the electronic device in the light mode and during the animated transition. 
     In some embodiments, the representation  1202  and icon  1204  are darker during the animated transition than they are during the light mode. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  simulates lighting sources in a different way during the animated transition than the way the electronic device  500  simulates the lighting sources during the light mode. For example, the position and/or color of the sun are different during the animated transition than during the light mode. As another example, the electronic device  500  introduces one or more artificial light sources during the animated transition that were not used during the light mode. For example, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1202  of the physical object with simulated lighting corresponding to lighting by the sun during sundown (or sunrise, for a transition from dark mode to light mode) and simulated lighting corresponding to one or more artificial light sources (e.g., lights inside the building corresponding to the physical object, lights external to the physical object, etc.). For example, the electronic device  500  updates the virtual shadow  1206  in  FIG.  12 C  to correspond to a shadow of the physical object during sunset (or sunrise, for a transition from dark mode to light mode). In some embodiments, the virtual lighting applied to the icon  1204  is different from the virtual lighting applied to the representation  1202  of the physical object. For example, the representation  1202  of the physical object is lit by artificial lighting sources positioned at the bottom of the representation  1202 , the sun, and/or the moon and the icon  1204  is lit by the sun and/or the moon without being lit by the artificial lighting sources. In some embodiments, the virtual lighting applied to the icon  1204  is the same as the virtual lighting applied to the representation  1202  of the physical object. In some embodiments, the icon  1204  displayed during the animated transition in  FIG.  12 C  includes an image of the same portion of the physical object from the same perspective as the icon  1204  displayed in the light mode in  FIGS.  12 A- 12 B . 
       FIG.  12 D  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the representation  1202  of the physical object and the icon  1204  representing the physical object during the dark mode of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the map in the dark mode after displaying the animated transition illustrated in  FIG.  12 C . In some embodiments, displaying the map in the dark mode includes displaying the map, including representation  1202  and icon  1204 , with dark mode colors, styling, shading, and/or virtual lighting. 
     While presenting the representation  1202  in the dark mode, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  optionally applies a dark mode or nighttime virtual lighting effect to the representation  1202 , such as simulating lighting provided by the moon and/or by artificial light sources, such as lights external to the building corresponding to representation  1202  and/or lights from inside the building corresponding to representation  1202  (e.g., visible through the windows of the representation  1202 ). 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the icon  1204  in the dark mode, the electronic device  500  displays the representation of the physical object in the icon with simulated nighttime light, including natural and/or artificial light. For example, the background of the icon  1204  is a nighttime sky and the colors and shading correspond to the appearance of the object when illuminated by the moon and artificial light sources at night. In some embodiments, the artificial light sources include lights external to the object (e.g., streetlights, path lighting) and lights internal to the object (e.g., lights inside of the building). In some embodiments, the number and positions of light sources applied to the icon  1204  are different from the number and positions of light sources applied to the representation  1202   
     In some embodiments, in response to an input to zoom the map out, the electronic device  500  updates the map to no longer include the representation  1202  of the physical object while still including the icon  1204  representing the physical object. For example, in  FIG.  12 D , the electronic device  500  detects movement of contacts  1203   c  and  1203   d  towards each other corresponding to a request to zoom the map out. In response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 D , the electronic device  500  updates the map user interface as shown in  FIG.  12 E . 
       FIG.  12 E  illustrates an example of the map user interface zoomed out in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 D . At the level of zoom in  FIG.  12 E , the electronic device  500  does not display the representation  1202  of the physical object, for example. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the icon  1204  representing the physical object at a location on the map corresponding to the location of the physical object in real life and an indication  1210  of the current location of the electronic device  500  at a location on the map corresponding to the current location of the electronic device  500 .  FIG.  12 E  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the map in the dark mode of the electronic device  500 , including dark mode colors, shading, styling, etc. for the map. For example, the indications  1212  of roads and the indications of blocks  1214  between roads in  FIG.  12 E  are displayed with darker colors than the colors used to display the indications  1212  of roads and indications of blocks  1214  in the light mode, such as in  FIG.  12 F , for example. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the icon  1204  with the same coloring, shading, styling, etc. as those used when displaying the user interface in the dark mode as illustrated in  FIG.  12 D . 
       FIG.  12 F  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the map at the same level of zoom as the level of zoom in  FIG.  12 E  in the light mode of the electronic device  500 . Like in  FIG.  12 E , in  FIG.  12 F , the electronic device  500  displays the icon  1204  representing the physical object at a location on the map corresponding to the location of the physical object in real life and an indication  1210  of the current location of the electronic device  500  at a location on the map corresponding to the current location of the electronic device  500 .  FIG.  12 F  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the map in the light mode of the electronic device  500 , including light mode colors, shading, styling, etc. for the map. For example, the indications  1212  of roads and the indications of blocks  1214  between roads in  FIG.  12 F  are displayed with lighter colors than the colors used to display the indications  1212  of roads and indications of blocks  1214  in the dark mode, such as in  FIG.  12 E , for example. In some embodiments, while displaying the map illustrated in  FIG.  12 F  in the light mode, the electronic device  500  displays the icon  1204  representing the physical object with the same coloring, shading, styling, etc. as those used when displaying the user interface in the light mode as illustrated in  FIGS.  12 A- 12 B . 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays portions of the map in different colors to indicate physical regions with high density of activity, such as areas with a high density of traffic, foot traffic, points of interest, business activity, and the like. In some embodiments, the electronic device forgoes applying high-density styling to one or more objects or regions when displaying the map with the level of zoom illustrated in  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F . In some embodiments, when displaying the map at a level of zoom that is greater than the level of zoom in  FIGS.  12 E- 12 F , the electronic device  500  applies the high-density styling to one or more objects or regions with high density of activity as described above. 
     For example, in  FIG.  12 F , the electronic device  500  detects movement of contacts  1203   e  and  1203   f  away from each other corresponding to a request to zoom the map in. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 F , the electronic device  500  updates the map user interface as shown in  FIG.  12 G . 
       FIG.  12 G  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting the map user interface updated in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 F . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the map with a higher level of zoom in  FIG.  12 G  than the level of zoom illustrated in  FIG.  12 F . At the level of zoom illustrated in  FIG.  12 G , the electronic device  500  displays representations  1216  of buildings that correspond to physical buildings in the physical area represented by the map and displays representations  1214   a  of blocks with high densities of activity in a different color than representation  1214   b  of blocks without high densities of activity. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representations  1214   a  of blocks with high densities of activities with varying degrees of shading corresponding to the degrees of activity in each block. For example, blocks  1214   a  with more activity are shaded more than blocks  1214   a  with less activity (but still enough activity to be shaded). In some embodiments, rather than or in addition to coloring representations  1214   a  and  1214   b  of blocks differently based on whether or not the blocks have high densities of activity, the electronic device colors the representations  1216  of buildings based on whether or not the buildings have high densities of activity. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  reduces the difference in color between representations of areas with high densities of activity and representations of areas without high densities of activity when displaying the map at higher levels of zoom than the level of zoom in  FIG.  12 G . For example, in  FIG.  12 G , the electronic device  500  detects movement of contacts  1203   g  and  1203   h  away from each other corresponding to a request to zoom the map in. In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 G , the electronic device  500  updates the map as shown in  FIG.  12 H . 
       FIG.  12 H  illustrates the electronic device  500  presenting the maps user interface in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  12 G . For example, the level of zoom in  FIG.  12 H  is greater than the level of zoom in  FIG.  12 G . In some embodiments, while presenting the map user interface at the level of zoom in  FIG.  12 H , the electronic device  500  presents representations  1214   a  of blocks with high densities of activity in a different color from representations  1214   b  of blocks without high densities of activity. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representations  1214   a  of blocks with high densities of activities with varying degrees of shading corresponding to the degrees of activity in each block. For example, blocks  1214   a  with more activity are shaded more than blocks  1214   a  with less activity (but still enough activity to be shaded). In some embodiments, at the level of zoom illustrated in  FIG.  12 H , instead of shading entire blocks to indicate density of activity, the electronic device  500  shades individual buildings. In some embodiments, the difference between the shading of the representations  1214   a  of blocks with high densities of activity in  FIG.  12 H  from the shading of the representations  1214   a  of blocks with high densities of activity in  FIG.  12 G  can correspond to the electronic device  500  presenting representations  1214   a  and  1214   b  in  FIG.  12 H  with colors with less of a difference between each other than the difference between colors of representations  1214   a  and  1214   b  in  FIG.  12 G . 
       FIG.  13    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting representations of physical objects in maps in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1300  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , and device  500 , as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 H . Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1300  provides ways in which an electronic device presents representations of physical objects in maps in accordance with some embodiments. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , method  1300  is performed at an electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) in communication with a display generation component. In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device), optionally in communication with one or more of a mouse (e.g., external), trackpad (optionally integrated or external), remote control device (e.g., external), another mobile device (e.g., separate from the electronic device), a handheld device (e.g., external), and/or a controller (e.g., external, etc.), or a set-top box in communication one or more input devices (e.g., a remote control). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display), external display such as a monitor, projector, television, or a hardware component (optionally integrated or external) for projecting a user interface or causing a user interface to be visible to one or more users, etc. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a map user interface that includes a map ( 1304 ). In some embodiments, the map includes representations of physical objects (e.g., buildings, landforms, landmarks, infrastructure, plants, etc.) in a physical region. In some embodiments, the locations, sizes, shapes, etc. of the representations of physical objects on the map correspond to the locations, sizes, shapes, etc. of the physical objects in the physical region. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a map user interface that includes a model (e.g.,  1202 ) corresponding to a physical object (e.g., a building, landform, landmark, infrastructure, plant, etc.) at a location on the map that corresponds to a physical location of the physical object ( 1306 ). In some embodiments, the model is a three-dimensional rendering of the physical object that includes visual details corresponding to the visual details of the physical object. For example, a model of a building includes exterior surfaces, windows, door(s), decorative or architectural features, lighting features, signage, etc. having color, style, relative size, shape, position, etc. corresponding to those of the building in real life. As another example, a model of a mountain includes plants, topography, water sources, etc. having color, style, relative size, shape, position, etc. corresponding to those of the mountain in real life. In some embodiments, the model is custom-created by a human (e.g., using a computer simulation or imaging program). In some embodiments, the model is algorithmically generated. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), a map user interface that includes an icon (e.g.,  1204 ) that includes a graphical representation of the physical object displayed in association with the model (e.g.,  1202 ) corresponding to the physical object ( 1308 ). In some embodiments, the graphical representation of the physical object is a graphical representation of a portion of the physical object and the model corresponding to the physical object is a representation of the entire physical object. In some embodiments, the icon is three-dimensional or includes a three-dimensional image of (e.g., a portion of) the physical object. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , while the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) presents the map user interface in a first visual characteristic mode, the model (e.g.,  1202 ) is displayed with first virtual lighting based on a first virtual light source and the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) is displayed with second virtual lighting (e.g.,  1310 ). In some embodiments, the first virtual light source has an associated virtual position relative to the model of the physical object and an associated color and/or tone. In some embodiments, the first virtual lighting and second virtual lighting are the same. In some embodiments, the first virtual lighting and the second virtual lighting are different. In some embodiments, the second virtual lighting is based on a respective virtual light source that has an associated virtual position relative to the graphical representation of the physical object of the icon and an associated color and/or tone. In some embodiments, the first virtual lighting includes one or more natural (e.g., the sun, the moon) or artificial (e.g., street lights, path lights, spotlights, interior lights visible through windows) light sources. For example, the first visual characteristic mode is a light mode or day mode in which the model is displayed with lighting from the sun at a first angle and the icon is displayed with lighting from the sun at a second angle (e.g., the same as or different from the first angle). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays one or more virtual shadows of the model and/or the graphical representation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 D , while the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) presents the map user interface in a second visual characteristic mode different from the first visual characteristic mode, the model (e.g.,  1202 ) is displayed with third virtual lighting based on a second virtual light source different from the first virtual lighting, and the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) is displayed with fourth virtual lighting different from the second virtual lighting ( 1312 ). In some embodiments, the second virtual light source has an associated virtual position relative to the model of the physical object and an associated color and/or tone. In some embodiments, the third virtual lighting and fourth virtual lighting are the same. In some embodiments, the third virtual lighting and the fourth virtual lighting are different. In some embodiments, the fourth virtual lighting is based on a respective virtual light source that has an associated virtual position relative to the graphical representation of the physical object of the icon and an associated color and/or tone. In some embodiments, the second virtual lighting includes one or more natural (e.g., the sun, the moon) or artificial (e.g., street lights, path lights, spotlights, interior lights visible through windows) light sources. For example, the second visual characteristic mode is a night mode or dark mode in which the model is displayed with lighting from the moon at a first angle and one or more artificial light sources inside of or outside of the model and the icon is displayed with lighting from the moon at a second angle (e.g., the same as or different from the first angle) and one or more artificial light sources inside of or outside of the graphical representation (e.g., the same as or different from the artificial light sources of the model). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays one or more virtual shadows of the model and/or the graphical representation. The above-described manner of using the first and second virtual lighting in the first visual characteristic mode and using the third and fourth virtual lighting in the second visual characteristic mode provides a realistic representation of the physical object that is easy for the user to interpret and understand, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , the model (e.g.,  1202 ) corresponding to the physical object is displayed from a first perspective relative to a reference (e.g., gravity, cardinal directions, etc.), and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) is displayed from a second perspective, different from the first perspective, relative to the reference. In some embodiments, the model is shown from a perspective corresponding to a perspective from which the electronic device displays the map and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon is displayed from a predetermined perspective independent form the perspective from which the electronic device displays the map. In some embodiments, the portion of the physical object corresponding to the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon is not represented by a visible portion of the model of the object displayed from the first perspective. For example, the graphical representation displayed in the icon is displayed from a north-facing perspective and the model is displayed from a south-facing perspective. The above-described manner of displaying the model and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon provides an efficient way of displaying the model with the same perspective as the rest of the map and displaying a consistent icon associated with the physical object, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , a portion of the physical object displayed by the model (e.g.,  1202 ) is different from a portion of the physical object displayed by the graphical representation of the physical object in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ). In some embodiments, the portion of the physical object displayed by the model is a larger portion of the physical object than the portion of the physical object displayed by the graphical representation of the physical object in the icon. For example, the model corresponds to the entire physical object and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon corresponds to a subset of the physical object. In some embodiments, the portion of the physical object displayed by the model is a smaller portion of the physical object than the portion of the physical object displayed by the graphical representation of the physical object in the icon. For example, the map is displayed at a level of zoom that is zoomed in on a portion of the model that corresponds to a smaller portion of the physical object than the portion of the physical object corresponding to the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon. The above-described manner of displaying different portions of the physical object in the model and the icon provides an efficient way of presenting a portion of the physical object in the icon at a level of detail that is visible to the user irrespective of a level of zoom with which the model is displayed, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 A , while displaying the model (e.g.,  1202 ) corresponding to the physical object from a first perspective (e.g., the perspective from which the rest of the map is displayed) relative to a reference (e.g., gravity, the cardinal directions) and the graphical representation of the physical object in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) from a second perspective (e.g., a respective predetermined perspective independent from a perspective from which the map is displayed), different from the first perspective, relative to the reference, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) receives, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contacts  1203   a  and  1203   b ) corresponding to a request to adjust a perspective from which the map is displayed in the map user interface. In some embodiments, the input corresponds to a request to update an angle of the perspective relative to gravity and/or relative to the cardinal directions. For example, the input corresponds to a request to increase or decrease the angle of the perspective relative to gravity to make the perspective more similar to or more different from a bird&#39;s eye view. As another example, the input corresponds to a request to change the angle of the perspective relative to the cardinal directions, such as updating the view from being north-facing to being west-facing. The input is optionally a panning, zooming and/or tilting input. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , in response to receiving the input, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, in the map user interface, the map from a respective perspective, different from the first perspective, relative to the reference (e.g., in accordance with the input). In some embodiments, the electronic device presents objects in the map other than the model of the physical object and the model of the physical object from the respective perspective. In some embodiments, the position and orientation of the model of the physical object relative to the other objects in the map from the first perspective are the same as those from the respective perspective. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , in response to receiving the input, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the model (e.g.,  1202 ) corresponding to the physical object from the respective perspective relative to the reference (e.g., in accordance with the input). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , in response to receiving the input, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the graphical representation of the physical object in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) from the second perspective relative to the reference. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon from the second perspective irrespective of the respective perspective from which the map and the model are displayed. The above-described manner of maintaining the second perspective of the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon when updating the respective perspective of the map and model provides an efficient way of maintaining display of a recognizable portion of the physical object in the icon irrespective of the perspective from which the map and model are displayed, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIGS.  12 B and  12 D , a difference between the first and third virtual lightings (e.g., the lightings with which the model is displayed) is different from a difference between the second and fourth virtual lightings (e.g., the lightings with which the icon is displayed). In some embodiments, the difference in color, tone, angle, brightness etc. between the first and third virtual lightings is different from those between the second and fourth virtual lightings. For example, displaying the model with the first virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to sunlight at a first time of day and displaying the icon with the second virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to sunlight at a second time of day, and displaying the model with the third virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to moonlight at night and one or more artificial light sources inside the physical object and displaying the icon with the fourth virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the icon with virtual lighting corresponding to one or more artificial light sources outside of the physical object. The above-described manner of changing the virtual lighting of the model in a differently from how the electronic device changes the virtual lighting of the icon provides an efficient way of preserving the level of detail and visibility of the icon in both visual characteristic modes, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , the model (e.g.,  1202 ) corresponding to the physical object is a three-dimensional representation of the physical object (e.g., the model includes shadows and contouring to appear three-dimensional), and the graphical representation of the physical object in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) is a three-dimensional representation of the physical object (e.g., the graphical representation includes shadows and contouring to appear three-dimensional). In some embodiments, the three-dimensional image included in the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon is different from the three-dimensional image corresponding to the model. In some embodiments, the model and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon are different from each other and it is not possible to display the map from a perspective (e.g., zoom and angle) that causes the model and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon to be the same. The above-described manner of displaying three-dimensional representations as the model and the graphical representation of the physical object displayed in the icon provides an efficient way of presenting three-dimensional details corresponding to the physical object in the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 D , displaying the model (e.g.,  1202 ) with the third virtual lighting includes displaying the model (e.g.,  1202 ) with simulated artificial light (e.g., artificial light inside the object and/or outside the object) and simulated natural light (e.g., the moon). In some embodiments, displaying the model with the first virtual lighting includes displaying the model with simulated natural light (e.g., the sun), optionally without displaying the model with simulated artificial light. In some embodiments, displaying the icon with the fourth lighting includes displaying the icon with simulated artificial light (e.g., inside the object and/or outside the object) and simulated natural light (e.g., the moon). In some embodiments, displaying the icon with the second lighting includes displaying the icon with simulated natural light (e.g., the sun). For example, displaying a representation of a building with simulated artificial light inside the building includes displaying the representation of the building with light coming through the windows the building. The above-described manner of displaying the model with the third virtual lighting with simulate artificial light and simulated natural light provides an efficient way of providing lighting that is realistic and makes the model visible, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , displaying the model (e.g.,  1202 ) with the first virtual lighting includes displaying the model (e.g.,  1202 ) with simulated natural light (e.g., the sun) without simulated artificial light. In some embodiments, displaying the icon with the second virtual lighting includes displaying the icon with simulated natural light without simulated artificial light (e.g., simulated electric or other manmade lights, such as lights inside buildings, street lights, security lights, other outdoor or indoor lighting). The above-described manner of displaying the model with the first virtual lighting with simulated natural light without simulated artificial light provides an efficient way of making the model look like the physical object, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 G , the map includes a representation (e.g.,  1216 ) of a building (e.g., at a location on the map corresponding to the location of the building). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 G , while displaying the map in the map user interface, in accordance with a determination that one or more first criteria are satisfied (e.g., based on a level of zoom with which the map is displayed), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the representation (e.g.,  1216 ) of the building with a visual characteristic having a value based on commercial activity associated with the building. In some embodiments, while the one or more first criteria are satisfied, representations of buildings with density of traffic above a threshold, foot traffic above a threshold, points of interest satisfying one or more criteria, public spaces satisfying one or more criteria, or businesses satisfying one or more criteria are displayed with a first visual characteristic (e.g., color, shading, translucency, highlighting, style, etc.) and representations of buildings that do not have density of traffic above a threshold, foot traffic above a threshold, points of interest satisfying one or more criteria, public spaces satisfying one or more criteria, or businesses satisfying one or more criteria are displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., color, shading, translucency, highlighting, style) different from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, representations of (e.g., city) blocks with density of traffic above a threshold, foot traffic above a threshold, points of interest satisfying one or more criteria, public spaces satisfying one or more criteria, or businesses satisfying one or more criteria are displayed with a first visual characteristic (e.g., color, shading, translucency, highlighting, style, etc.) and representations of (e.g., city) blocks without density of traffic above a threshold, foot traffic above a threshold, points of interest satisfying one or more criteria, public spaces satisfying one or more criteria, or businesses satisfying one or more criteria are displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., color, shading, translucency, highlighting, style) different from the first visual characteristic. The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the building with the visual characteristic having a value based on commercial activity associated with the building provides an efficient way of identifying and locating buildings that are more likely to be of interest to the user, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the one or more first criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when a zoom level of the map is greater than a threshold zoom level, such as in  FIG.  12 G , and not satisfied when the zoom level of the map is less than the threshold zoom level, such as in  FIG.  12 F . In some embodiments, the threshold zoom level is a level of zoom at which representations of buildings are displayed. In some embodiments, at levels of zoom that are less than the threshold level of zoom, the map includes representations of (e.g., a subset of) roads in a respective region without displaying representations of buildings. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 F , while displaying the map in the map user interface, in accordance with a determination that the one or more first criteria are not satisfied, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the representation (e.g.,  1214 ) of the building with the visual characteristic having a value not based on the commercial activity associated with the building. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more first criteria are not satisfied, the electronic device forgoes display of the representation of the building and displays representations of geographical areas (e.g., including a geographical area including the building) with a visual characteristic irrespective of the commercial activity of associated with one or more buildings in the geographical areas. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the one or more first criteria are not satisfied, representations of buildings are displayed with the same visual characteristic irrespective of commercial activity associated with the buildings. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the one or more first criteria are not satisfied, representations of (e.g., city) blocks are displayed with the same visual characteristic irrespective of commercial activity associated with the (e.g., city) blocks. The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the building with the visual characteristic having the value not based on the commercial activity associated with the building in accordance with the determination that the one or more criteria are not satisfied provides an efficient way of forgoing the use of visual characteristics corresponding to commercial activity at levels of zoom at which differences in visual characteristics from building to building (or block to block) are not visible, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 G , displaying the representation (e.g.,  1216 ) of the building with the visual characteristic having the value based on the commercial activity associated with the building includes, in accordance with a determination that a zoom level of the map is greater than a threshold zoom level, displaying the representation (e.g.,  1216 ) of the building with the visual characteristic having a first respective value based on the commercial activity associated with the building. In some embodiments, buildings with relatively high densities of commercial activity are displayed with a first visual characteristic (e.g., color, pattern, translucency, style, highlighting, etc.) and buildings with relatively low densities of commercial activity are displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., color, pattern, translucency, style, highlighting, etc.) different from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, (e.g., city) blocks with relatively high densities of commercial activity are displayed with a first visual characteristic (e.g., color, pattern, translucency, style, highlighting, etc.) and (e.g., city) blocks with relatively low densities of commercial activity are displayed with a second visual characteristic (e.g., color, pattern, translucency, style, highlighting, etc.) different from the first visual characteristic. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 H , displaying the representation (e.g.,  1216 ) of the building with the visual characteristic having the value based on the commercial activity associated with the building includes, in accordance with a determination that the zoom level of the map is less than the threshold zoom level, displaying the representation (e.g.,  1216 ) of the building with the visual characteristic having a second respective value, different from the first respective value, based on the commercial activity associated with the building. In some embodiments, the higher the level of zoom of the map, the greater the difference in visual characteristics between representations of buildings with relatively high levels of commercial activity and representations of buildings with relatively low levels of commercial activity. In some embodiments, the higher the level of zoom of the map, the greater the difference in visual characteristics between representations of (e.g., city) blocks with relatively high levels of commercial activity and representations of (e.g., city) blocks with relatively low levels of commercial activity. For example, the electronic device displays representations of buildings (or (e.g., city) blocks) with relatively low levels of commercial activity in a first color irrespective of the level of zoom, displays representations of buildings (or (e.g., city) blocks) with relatively high levels of commercial activity in a second color at a respective level of zoom, and displays representations of buildings (or (e.g., city) blocks) with relatively high levels of commercial activity in a third color at a level of zoom that is greater than the respective level of zoom, with the third color being closer to the first color than how close the second color is to the first color. The above-described manner of modifying the visual characteristic based on commercial activity depending on the level of zoom with which the map is displayed provides an efficient way of preserving visibility of commercial activity and other map details at a variety of zoom levels, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, some objects are associated with icons without being associated with models. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays icons associated with these objects at locations on the map corresponding to the physical objects without displaying models corresponding to the objects irrespective of a level of zoom of the map. For example, the electronic device concurrently displays, at a respective level of zoom, a model and icon corresponding to a first object and an icon corresponding to a second object without displaying a model corresponding to the second object. 
     In some embodiments, some objects are associated with models without being associated with icons. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays models associated with these objects at locations on the map corresponding to the physical objects without displaying icons corresponding to the objects irrespective of a level of zoom of the map. For example, the electronic device concurrently displays, at a respective level of zoom, a model and icon corresponding to a first object and model of a second object without displaying an icon corresponding to the second object. 
     In some embodiments, while the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode (e.g., day mode, light mode) and displaying the model (e.g.,  1202 ) with the first virtual lighting and the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) with the second virtual lighting, such as in  FIG.  12 B , the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects an event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode (e.g., night mode, dark mode). In some embodiments, the event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode is the user changing the visual characteristic mode of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode is a change in the time of day from a time of day associated with the first visual characteristic mode to a time of day associated with the second visual characteristic mode. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the event, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays an animation of the model (e.g.,  1202 ) transitioning from being displayed with the first virtual lighting to the model being displayed with the third virtual lighting, and the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) transitioning from being displayed with the second virtual lighting to the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) being displayed with the fourth virtual lighting, such as in  FIG.  12 C . In some embodiments, in response to detecting an event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode, the electronic device displays an animated transition of the third virtual lighting transitioning to the first virtual lighting and the fourth virtual lighting transitioning to the second virtual lighting. In some embodiments, the animation includes artificial lights gradually turning on, sunlight gradually fading, the sun moving, etc. The above-described manner of displaying an animated transition between the first and second visual characteristic modes provides an efficient way of updating the visual characteristics of the map while the map is being displayed, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 F , while presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode, including displaying the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) that includes the graphical representation of the physical object at a respective location on the map corresponding to the physical object without displaying the model corresponding to the physical object on the map, wherein the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) is displayed with the second virtual lighting, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects an event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode. In some embodiments, the event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode is the user changing the visual characteristic mode of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the event corresponding to transitioning from presenting the map user interface in the first visual characteristic mode to presenting the map user interface in the second visual characteristic mode is a change in the time of day from a time of day associated with the first visual characteristic mode to a time of day associated with the second visual characteristic mode. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the icon without displaying the model when the level of zoom of the map is less than a predetermined threshold (e.g., a level of zoom at which the electronic device does not display models of physical objects). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the event, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) that includes the graphical representation of the physical object at the respective location on the map without displaying the model corresponding to the physical object on the map, wherein the graphical representation included in the icon (e.g.,  1204 ) is displayed with the fourth virtual lighting. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays an animated transition between displaying the icon with the second lighting to displaying the icon with the fourth lighting in response to detecting the event. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the icon at the same location in the user interface irrespective of whether the electronic device is in the first visual characteristic mode or in the second visual characteristic mode. In some embodiments, the electronic device forgoes display of the model corresponding to the physical object and maintains display of the icon when the level of zoom of the map is too far for the model to be visible. The above-described manner of transitioning between displaying the icon with the second virtual lighting to displaying the icon with the fourth virtual lighting without displaying the model corresponding to the object provides an efficient way of presenting the icon with a visual characteristic that matches the rest of the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , the first virtual lighting (e.g., of the model) is different from the second virtual lighting (e.g., of the icon). For example, displaying the model with the first virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to sunlight at a first time of day and displaying the icon with the second virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to sunlight at a second time of day. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  12 B , the third virtual lighting (e.g., of the model) is different from the fourth virtual lighting (e.g., of the icon). For example, displaying the model with the third virtual lighting includes displaying the model with virtual lighting corresponding to moonlight at night and one or more artificial light sources inside the physical object and displaying the icon with the fourth virtual lighting corresponds to displaying the icon with virtual lighting corresponding to one or more artificial light sources outside of the physical object. The above-described manner of displaying the model and the icon with different virtual lighting provides an efficient way of making the details of the model and icon visible, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device simulates lighting of the map based on the relative position of the earth to the sun at the current time and current location of the electronic device or the location shown on the map. For example, in the morning, the electronic device presents virtual shadows of representations of physical objects at angles based on the sun being positioned in the east. As another example, in the afternoon at the location of the electronic device or the location shown on the map, the electronic device presents virtual shadows of representations of physical objects at angles based on the sun being positioned in the west. In some embodiments, the first virtual light source and/or second virtual light source includes the sun and the position of the first virtual light source and/or second virtual light source is based on the current position of the sun relative to the earth at the current time and current location of the electronic device or the location shown on the map. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device simulates one or more light sources that are positioned relative to the virtual camera that defines the perspective and field of view with which the maps user interface is presented. In some embodiments, in response to an input to change the perspective with which the maps user interface is presented, the electronic device updates the perspective with which the maps user interface is presented and updates the position of the simulated light source in accordance with the input. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device transitions between the first visual characteristic mode and the second visual characteristic mode based on the angle of the sun relative to the earth at the current time and the current location of the electronic device or the location shown on the map. For example, while the sun is above the horizon, the electronic device presents the map in a light or daytime mode and while the sun is below the horizon, the electronic device presents the map in a dark or nighttime mode. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device presents the maps user interface in one or more respective visual characteristic modes that are interpolated between the first visual characteristic mode and the second visual characteristic mode based on the angle of the sun relative to the earth at the current location of the electronic device or the location shown on the map during the current time. For example, the first visual characteristic mode is associated with the sun having a first respective position relative to the earth and the second visual characteristic mode is associated with the sun having a second respective position relative to the earth. 
     In some embodiments, the model of the physical object has a pattern, texture or style that is based on the texture and color of the physical object. For example, the electronic device constructs a vector or array based on the texture of the physical object and multiplies the vector or array by the color of the physical object to create the texture and color of the model. In some embodiments, the texture of the object includes effects of ambient (e.g., time of day) lighting and corresponds to a precomputation of the lighting value for each pixel for each possible direction of lighting (e.g., time of day light source lighting, such as the sun or moon). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG.  13    have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and/or  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1300  described above with respect to  FIG.  13   . For example, the ways of presenting representations of physical objects in maps described above with reference to method  1300  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives, modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions, modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map, and/or presenting representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and/or  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG.  13    are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, displaying operation  1302  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     User Interfaces for Searching for Physical Objects on Maps 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using electronic devices to search for physical objects on maps. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input corresponding to a request to search for a physical object, the electronic device presents a representation of the physical object on a map with a perspective that optionally corresponds to the representation of the physical object. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents representations of physical objects from different perspectives in response to requests to search for the physical objects. Providing efficient manners of presenting representations of physical objects on maps in response to requests to search for physical objects enhances interactions with a device, thus reducing the amount of time a user needs to interact with the device while viewing a map, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS.  14 A- 14 Q  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects in accordance with some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG.  15   . Although  FIGS.  14 A- 14 Q  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG.  15   , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG.  15    in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 Q . 
       FIG.  14 A  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting a representation  1402   a  of a physical object (e.g., a building) in a map user interface in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the physical object is represented by icon  1404   a . The electronic device optionally displays the representation  1402   a  and icon  1404   a  with lighting effects according to one or more steps of method  1300 . 
     In some embodiments, the maps user interface further includes an option  1408   a  to view one or more settings for display of the map user interface, an option  1408   b  to show a portion of the map including an indication of a current location of the electronic device  500 , an option  1408   c  to view one or more images taken from a location shown on the map (e.g., from the perspective of a person standing on the street at the location shown on the map), an indication  1408   d  of the orientation of the cardinal directions relative to the perspective of the map, and a search box  1408   e  to which an input to search the map for a physical object may be directed. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  concurrently displays the representation  1402   a  and icon  1404   a  with one or more representations and/or icons corresponding to physical objects in the vicinity of the physical object that corresponds to representation  1402   a  and icon  1404   a . For example, in  FIG.  14 A , the indication  1408   d  of the orientation of the map indicates approximately a 30 degree angle relative to North. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the maps user interface from the perspective shown in  FIG.  14 A  indicated by indication  1408   d , the electronic device  500  detects an input corresponding to a request to update the perspective with which the map is displayed. For example, the electronic device  500  detects circular movement of contacts  1403   a  and  1403   b , which corresponds to a request to rotate the perspective of the map. In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , the electronic device  500  updates the perspective of the map to the perspective of the map illustrated in  FIG.  14 B . 
       FIG.  14 B  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the updated maps user interface in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 A . In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  14 B , the electronic device  500  updates the perspective from which the representation  1402   a  of the physical object is displayed and updates the indication  1408   d  of the perspective of the map relative to the cardinal directions in accordance with the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 A . For example, the indication  1408   d  of the orientation of the map indicates approximately a 330 degree angle relative to North. In some embodiments, the perspective of the icon  1404   a  is not updated in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 A , as described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 13   . Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to present the representation  1402   a  of the physical object from a variety of perspectives in response to one or more user inputs for adjusting the perspective with which the map is displayed. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  14 B , the electronic device  500  detects movement of contacts  1403   c  and  1403   d  towards each other corresponding to a request to zoom the map out and rotate the perspective with which the map is displayed. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the map as shown in  FIG.  14 C  in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 B . 
       FIG.  14 C  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  displaying the maps user interface updated in accordance with the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 B . In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  14 B , the electronic device  500  displays a bird&#39;s eye view of the map with an orientation relative to the cardinal directions indicated by indication  1408   d . For example, indication  1408   d  indicates that the angle with which the map is displayed has a 0 degree angle relative to North. In some embodiments, at the level of zoom of the map in  FIG.  14 C , the electronic device  500  displays the icon  1404   a  representing the physical object but does not display the representation  1402   a  of the physical object, as described above with reference to  FIGS.  12 A- 13   . In some embodiments, the icon  1402   a  is displayed at a location on the map corresponding to the location of the object in real life. In some embodiments, the map further includes an indication  1410  of the current location of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, while displaying the map from the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  14 C , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via input  1403   e ) of the search box  1408   e . In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 C , the electronic device  500  configures the search box  1408   e  to receive further input defining a search term to be searched on the map. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects one or more additional inputs defining the search term, such as a voice input or text input provided by a soft keyboard displayed via display generation component  504  (e.g., a touch screen) or another input device in communication with the electronic device  500 . 
       FIG.  14 D  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting a search user interface in response to the sequence of inputs described above, including the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 C . As shown in  FIG.  14 D , the electronic device  500  updates the search box  1408   e  to include an indication of the search term provided by the user (e.g., “CITY HALL”). In some embodiments, the search user interface further includes an option  1412   a  to cancel the process to search for the object and a soft keyboard  1412   b  with which the search input can be provided by the user. 
     In some embodiments, while the electronic device  500  detects the input(s) providing the search term, the electronic device  500  presents a plurality of indications  1414   a - 1414   c  of search results based on the portion of the search term that has already been provided to the electronic device. In some embodiments, the indication  1414   a  of the first search result (e.g., the search result that the electronic device  500  determines to be the most likely result corresponding to the search term) includes an option  1416   a  to view an image of the object corresponding to indication  1414   a  from the perspective of someone standing on the street near the object and an option  1416   b  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the location of the object. In some embodiments, the second indication  1414   b  corresponds to performing a search based on the search term as it has already been provided to the search box  1408   e . For example, in response to detecting selection of indication  1414   b , the electronic device  500  displays a plurality of indications of objects corresponding to the search term provided to the search box  1408   e . In some embodiments, the third indication  1414   c  corresponds to an object different from the object corresponding to the first indication  1414   a . In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of indication  1414   a  (e.g., in a location of indication  1414   a  other than options  1416   a  or  1416   b ) or indication  1414   c , the electronic device  500  presents a representation of the respective object on the map. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  14 D , the electronic device  500  detects selection of an option  1418  to present an indication of the object that most likely corresponds to the search term provided to search box  1408   e . In some embodiments, the result of the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 D  is the same result that would occur in response to detecting selection of representation  1414   a . In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of option  1418 , the electronic device  500  presents a representation of the search result. In some embodiments, if there is a three-dimensional representation associated with the search result available in the map, the electronic device  500  presents the three-dimensional representation from a perspective associated with the three-dimensional representation. In some embodiments, if there is not a three-dimensional representation associated with the search result available in the map, the electronic device  500  presents an indication of the search result on a map displayed from a default perspective, such as a bird&#39;s eye view with a predetermined orientation with respect to the cardinal directions (e.g., such that north is up). In some embodiments, there is a three-dimensional representation associated with the search result corresponding to the search term shown in search box  1408   e  and the electronic device  500  presents the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  14 E  in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 D . 
       FIG.  14 E  illustrates an example of a user interface the electronic device  500  presents in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 D  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the user interface includes the icon  1404   a  representing the object corresponding to the search term, the representation  1402   a  of the object corresponding to the search term, and an indication  1420   a  of the object corresponding to the search term that includes information associated with the object corresponding to the search term. In some embodiments, the indication  1420   a  includes the name  1422   a  of the object corresponding to the search term, the distance  1422   b  between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the object corresponding to the search term, an option  1422   c  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the location of the object corresponding to the search term, and an option  1422   d  to cease display of the indication  1420   a . In some embodiments, the perspective from which the electronic device  500  presents the representation  1402   a  of the object corresponding to the search term is a predetermined perspective associated with the representation  1402   a  of the object. For example, the perspective is selected to show the portion of the representation  1402   a  that includes the building entrance of the object. For example, the indication  1408   d  in  FIG.  14 E  indicates that the perspective is 330 degrees relative to North, which is the same as the orientation illustrated in  FIG.  14 B . In some embodiments, as described above with reference to  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1402   a  of the object from the perspective shown in  FIG.  14 E  in response to a sequence of inputs for adjusting the perspective of the map that does not include a search input. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the representation  1402   a  of the object from the perspective in  FIG.  14 E  in response to a search input that does not include one or more inputs for adjusting the perspective of the map. In some embodiments, the number of inputs required to display the representation  1402   a  as shown in  FIG.  14 E  in response to the search input is lower than the number of inputs required to display the representation  1402   a  from the same perspective using a sequence of inputs for adjusting the perspective of the map without a search input. 
     Thus,  FIGS.  14 D- 14 E  illustrate an example of the electronic device  500  presenting search results corresponding to a man-made object (e.g., a building). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to similarly present search results corresponding to a natural object (e.g., a landform, body of water, etc.). For example,  FIG.  14 F  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting a search user interface that includes a search term corresponding to a natural object (e.g., a mountain, “POTATO MOUNTAIN”). 
       FIG.  14 F  illustrates an example of the search user interface while searching for a natural object. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents the search user interface illustrated in  FIG.  14 F  in response to detecting selection of a search box  1408   e  in a user interface similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIG.  14 C . In some embodiments, the search user interface includes elements similar to the elements described above with reference to  FIG.  14 D . In  FIG.  14 F , for example, the search box  1408   e  includes the search term “POTATO MOUNTAIN” and the indications  1414   d - f  of search results are indications of objects that correspond to the search term “POTATO MOUNTAIN”. In some embodiments, the first indication  1414   d  of the first search result includes an icon  1404   b  representing the object corresponding to the first search result, an option  1416   c  to view an image of the object corresponding to the first search result, and an option  1416   d  to cause the electronic device  500  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the location of the object corresponding to the first search result. In some embodiments, the indication  1414   e  includes an indication  1424  of a pin instead of an icon representing the object corresponding to the second search result because the object corresponding to the second search result is not associated with an icon. In some embodiments, the indication  1414   f  of the third search result includes an icon  1404   c  associated with the object corresponding to the third search result. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG.  14 F , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., with contact  1403   g ) of the option  1418  to present the first search result. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects selection of indication  1414   d  and the result is the same as the result of detecting selection of option  1418 . In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 F , the electronic device  500  presents a representation of the object corresponding to the first search result, including an animation of the representation of the object illustrated in  FIGS.  14 G- 14 K . 
       FIG.  14 G  illustrates an example of a portion of an animation the electronic device  500  displays in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 F . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1402   b  of the object corresponding to the search term provided in  FIG.  14 F  and an icon  1404   b  representing the object corresponding to the search term. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1402   b  from a perspective associated with the representation  1402   b . For example, the electronic device  500  indicates the orientation of the perspective relative to the cardinal directions with indication  1408   d . For example, the indication  1408   d  indicates an angle of approximately 100 degrees relative to North. In some embodiments, the perspective is associated with the representation  1402   b . For example, the perspective is a perspective from which a plurality of points of interest of the object corresponding to the search term are visible. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents an animation of text  1426  that indicates the name of the object corresponding to the search term. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  animates display of the text  1426 , such as displaying an animation of the text  1426  gradually appearing or displaying the text  1426  with an animated effect (e.g., shimmering, movement, etc.). 
       FIG.  14 H  illustrates an example of a continuation of the animation displayed in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 F . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  ceases to display the text  1426  illustrated in  FIG.  14 G  that indicates the name of the object corresponding to the search term. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  animates the transition between displaying the text  1426  in  FIG.  14 G  and not displaying the text in  FIG.  14 H . In some embodiments, while displaying the animation of the text  1426 , the electronic device  500  continues to display the representation  1402   b  of the object corresponding to the search result and the icon  1404   b  representing the object. 
       FIG.  14 I  illustrates an example of a continuation of the animation displayed in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 F . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an indication  1428   a  of a first point of interest included in the object corresponding to the search result that was not previously displayed in  FIG.  14 H . In some embodiments, the indication  1428   a  of the first point of interest included in the object corresponding to the search result is displayed at a location of the representation  1402   b  of the object that corresponds to the location of the first point of interest. In some embodiments, the indication  1428   a  includes text including the name of the point of interest. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an animation including displaying indications of additional points of interest of the object corresponding to the search result, that were not previously displayed, one by one. 
     For example, in  FIG.  14 J , the electronic device displays an indication  1428   b  of a second point of interest included in the object corresponding to the search result while continuing to display the indication  1428   a  of the first point of interest included in the object corresponding to the search result. In some embodiments, the electronic device continues the animation as illustrated in  FIG.  14 K . For example, in  FIG.  14 K , the electronic device  500  displays an indication  1428   c  of a third point of interest included in the object corresponding to the search result while continuing to display the indication  1428   a  of the first point of interest and the indication  1428   b  of the second point of interest. 
     As shown in  FIGS.  14 G- 14 K , the electronic device  500  continues to display the representation  1402   b  of the object corresponding to the search result and the icon  1404   b  representing the object corresponding to the search result while displaying the animation of the text  1426  indicating the object corresponding to the search result and the animation of the indications  1428   a - 1428   c  of the points of interest in the object corresponding to the search result. In some embodiments, while displaying the animation the electronic device  500  maintains the perspective with which the representation  1402   b  of the object corresponding to the search result is displayed. In some embodiments, once the electronic device  500  completes the animation, the electronic device  500  maintains display of the representation  1402   b  of the object corresponding to the search result with the indications  1428   a  of the points of interest as shown in  FIG.  14 K . In some embodiments, in addition to displaying the representation  1402   b  and indications  1428   a - 1428   c , the electronic device  500  displays the text  1426  at the position in the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  14 G  after displaying the animation. In some embodiments, after displaying the animation, the electronic device  500  is able to update the perspective with which the representation  1402   b  is displayed in response to one or more inputs to update the perspective with which the map is displayed, such as the inputs illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A,  14 B, and  14 C . In some embodiments, in response to detecting one or more inputs to update the perspective with which the map is displayed while presenting the animation illustrated in  FIGS.  14 G- 14 K , the electronic device  500  ceases display of the animation and updates the perspective with which the representation  1402   b  is displayed in accordance with the one or more inputs. 
     Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents three-dimensional representations of objects from perspectives that correspond to the representations in response to a request to search for the objects corresponding to the representations, as described above with reference to  FIGS.  14 C- 14 K . In some embodiments, in response to a request to search for an object that is not associated with a three-dimensional representation in the map, the electronic device  500  presents an indication of the location of the object from a predetermined perspective irrespective of the indication being presented and/or the object that was searched for. 
     For example,  FIG.  14 L  illustrates the electronic device  500  presenting the search user interface while the user searches for a physical object that is not associated with a three-dimensional representation. In  FIG.  14 L , the search box  1408   e  includes an address entered by the user, for example. It should be understood that, in some embodiments, it is possible for the electronic device  500  to present three-dimensional representations of objects in response to a search for the address of the object if the object is associated with a three-dimensional representation. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, it is possible for the electronic device  500  to forgo presenting a three-dimensional representation of an object in response to a search for the name of the object if the object is not associated with a three-dimensional representation. 
     In some embodiments, in response to entry of the address in the search box  1408   e  illustrated in  FIG.  14 L , the electronic device  500  presents representations  1414   g - 1414   i  of a plurality of search results corresponding to the address entered into the search box  1408   e . In some embodiments, the objects associated with the search results are not associated with icons, and the electronic device  500  displays indications  1424  of pins representing the objects in lieu of icons in the representations  1414   g - i  of the search results. In some embodiments, the representation  1414   g  of the first search result (e.g., the search result that the electronic device  500  determines is the most likely object to correspond to the search term) includes an option  1416   c  to present an image of the object corresponding to the first search result and an option  1416   d  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the location of the object corresponding to the first search result. 
     As shown in  FIG.  14 L , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via contact  1403   h ) of an option  1418  to present an indication of the first search result. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects selection of indication  1414   g  and the result is the same as the result of detecting selection of option  1418 . In some embodiments, the object corresponding to the first search result is not associated with a three-dimensional representation in the map, so the electronic device  500  presents an indication of the location of the object without presenting a three-dimensional representation of the object in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 L , as shown in  FIG.  14 M . In some embodiments, the object corresponding to the first result is associated with a type of three-dimensional model that is different from the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K . For example, the models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K  are designed by humans (e.g., using computer imaging programs) whereas the models of other objects are algorithmically generated. In some embodiments, the models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K  have a higher level of detail than the other three-dimensional models. In some embodiments, the other three-dimensional models are projections of two-dimensional footprints of the objects they represent. 
       FIG.  14 M  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting an indication of the location of the object corresponding to the search result in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 L . In some embodiments, because there is no three-dimensional model associated with the object corresponding to the search result in the map (e.g., no three-dimensional model of the same type as the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K ), the electronic device  500  presents a map including an indication of the location of the object. For example, the map includes representations  1434  of buildings in the vicinity of the object, a representation  1432   a  of the object, a pin  1430   a  indicating the location of the object, an indication  1436   a  of the address of the object, and an indication  1420   b  of information about the object. In some embodiments, the indication  1420   b  of information about the object includes an indication  1422   e  of the address of the object, an indication  1422   f  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device and the object, an option  1422   g  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the object, and an option  1422   d  to cease display of indication  1420   b.    
     In some embodiments, because there is no three-dimensional representation corresponding to the object (e.g., no three-dimensional model of the same type as the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K ), the electronic device  500  presents the map from a bird&#39;s eye view with a respective orientation relative to the cardinal directions. For example, as shown in  FIG.  14 M , the electronic device  500  presents an indication  1408   d  that the map is oriented so that the upper portion of the map corresponds to north and the bottom portion of the map corresponds to south (e.g., a 0 degree angle relative to North). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents indications of locations of search results from the same perspective (e.g., the perspective illustrated in  FIG.  14 M ) for searches for all objects not associated with three-dimensional models. In some embodiments, rather than presenting a two-dimensional bird&#39;s eye view of the location of the object corresponding to the search terms, the electronic device  500  presents a three-dimensional map including the indication of the location of the object corresponding to the search terms from a respective perspective used for all searches for objects not associated with three-dimensional representations. In some embodiments, three-dimensional maps include three-dimensional indications of objects that are different from the three-dimensional representations in that the three-dimensional indications of objects include less detail than the three-dimensional representations. 
       FIG.  14 N  illustrates another example of the electronic device  500  presenting the search user interface while the user searches for a physical object that is not associated with a three-dimensional representation (e.g., no three-dimensional model of the same type as the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K ). In  FIG.  14 N , the search box  1408   e  includes an address entered by the user, for example. It should be understood that, in some embodiments, it is possible for the electronic device  500  to present three-dimensional representations of objects in response to a search for the address of the object if the object is associated with a three-dimensional representation. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, it is possible for the electronic device  500  to forgo presenting a three-dimensional representation of an object in response to search for the name of the object if the object is not associated with a three-dimensional representation. 
     In some embodiments, in response to entry of the address in the search box  1408   e  illustrated in  FIG.  14 N , the electronic device  500  presents representations  1414   j - 1414 L of a plurality of search results corresponding to the address entered into the search box  1408   e . In some embodiments, the objects associated with the search results are not associated with icons, and the electronic device  500  displays indications  1424  of pins representing the objects in lieu of icons in the representations  1414   j -L of the search results. In some embodiments, the representation  1414   j  of the first search result (e.g., the search result that the electronic device  500  determines is the most likely object to correspond to the search term) includes an option  1416   e  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the location of the object corresponding to the first search result. 
     As shown in  FIG.  14 N , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via contact  1403   i ) of an option  1418  to present an indication of the first search result. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects selection of indication  1414   j  and the result is the same as the result of detecting selection of option  1418 . In some embodiments, the object corresponding to the first search result is not associated with a three-dimensional representation in the map, so the electronic device  500  presents an indication of the location of the object without presenting a three-dimensional representation of the object in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 N , as shown in  FIG.  14 O . In some embodiments, the object corresponding to the first result is associated with a type of three-dimensional model that is different from the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K . For example, the models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K  are designed by humans (e.g., using computer imaging programs) whereas the models of other objects are algorithmically generated. In some embodiments, the models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K  have a higher level of detail than the other three-dimensional models. In some embodiments, the other three-dimensional models are projections of two-dimensional footprints of the objects they represent. 
       FIG.  14 O  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting an indication of the location of the object corresponding to the search result in response to the input illustrated in  FIG.  14 N . In some embodiments, because there is no three-dimensional model associated with the object corresponding to the search result in the map (e.g., no three-dimensional model of the same type as the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K ), the electronic device  500  presents a map including an indication of the location of the object. For example, the map includes representations  1434  of buildings in the vicinity of the object, a representation  1432   b  of the object, a pin  1430   b  indicating the location of the object, an indication  1436   b  of the address of the object, and an indication  1420   c  of information about the object. In some embodiments, the indication  1420   c  of information about the object includes an indication  1422   h  of the address of the object, an indication  1422   i  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device and the object, an option  1422   j  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the object, and an option  1422   d  to cease display of indication  1420   c.    
     In some embodiments, because there is no three-dimensional representation corresponding to the object (e.g., no three-dimensional model of the same type as the three-dimensional models illustrated in  FIGS.  14 A- 14 B,  14 E, and  14 G- 14 K ), the electronic device  500  presents the map from a bird&#39;s eye view with a respective orientation relative to the cardinal directions that is the same as the orientation with which the map is displayed in  FIG.  14 M . For example, as shown in  FIG.  14 O , the electronic device  500  presents an indication  1408   d  that the map is oriented so that the upper portion of the map corresponds to north and the bottom portion of the map corresponds to south (e.g., a 0 degree angle relative to North). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents indications of locations of search results from the same perspective (e.g., the perspective illustrated in  FIGS.  14 M and  14 O ) for searches for all objects not associated with three-dimensional models. In some embodiments, rather than presenting a two-dimensional bird&#39;s eye view of the location of the object corresponding to the search terms, the electronic device  500  presents a three-dimensional map including the indication of the location of the object corresponding to the search terms from a respective perspective used for all searches for objects not associated with three-dimensional representations. In some embodiments, three-dimensional maps include three-dimensional indications of objects that are different from the three-dimensional representations in that the three-dimensional indications of objects include less detail than the three-dimensional representations. 
     In some embodiments, in response to a request to search for a respective region, the electronic device  500  presents a map in which the respective region is displayed with different visual characteristic(s) than the visual characteristic(s) with which other regions are displayed on the map. For example, the respective region is displayed with more visual prominence than the other regions on the map and the electronic device  500  presents indications of points of interest within the respective region and forgoes display of the indications of points of interest in other regions on the map. 
     For example,  FIG.  14 P  illustrates display of a map in response to a search for a “downtown” region. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  14 P  in response to a sequence of inputs similar to the inputs illustrated in  FIGS.  14 C and  14 D . In some embodiments, the user interface includes an indication  1438   a  of the name of the downtown region, a portion  1440   a  of the map that corresponds to the downtown region, a portion  1440   b  of the map that corresponds to regions other than the downtown region, and an indication  1420   d  of information about the downtown region. 
     In some embodiments, the portion  1440   a  of the map corresponding to the downtown region is displayed more visually prominently than the portion  1440   b  of the map corresponding to regions other than the downtown region. For example, the portion  1440   b  of the map corresponding to regions other than the downtown region is blurred and/or darkened, as represented by the shading of portion  1440   b  in  FIG.  14 P . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents indications  1442   a  of points of interest within the downtown region within portion  1440   a  of the map.  FIG.  14 P  illustrates locations  1442   b  on the map at which points of interest would be displayed if the portion of the map were displayed not in response to a search for the downtown region. In some embodiments, because the map is displayed in response to a request to search for the downtown region, the electronic device  500  does not display indications of points of interest at locations  1442   b  because these locations  1442   b  are outside of the portion  1440   a  of the map corresponding to the downtown region. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes display of one or more representations of roads in portion  1440   b  of the map that would otherwise be displayed if the electronic device  500  presented the region of the map illustrated in  FIG.  14 P  other than in response to a request to search for the downtown region. 
     In some embodiments, if the electronic device  500  were to display the region of the map illustrated in  FIG.  14 P  not in response to a request to search for the downtown region, then region  1440   b  of the map would not be blurred and/or darkened and/or would include visual indications of the points of interest at the locations  1442   b  indicated in  FIG.  14 P . In some embodiments, indication  1420   d  includes an indication  1422   k  of the name of the downtown region, an indication  1422 L of the distance between the current location of the electronic device and the downtown region, an option  1422   m  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device to the downtown region, and an option  1422   d  to cease display of the indication  1420   d.    
     Thus,  FIG.  14 P  illustrates an example of the electronic device  500  presenting a map of a manmade region (e.g., a neighborhood of a city). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  similarly presents a map of a natural region, as shown in  FIG.  14 Q . 
     For example,  FIG.  14 Q  illustrates display of a map in response to a search for the “snow mountain range”. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG.  14 Q  in response to a sequence of inputs similar to the inputs illustrated in  FIGS.  14 C and  14 D . In some embodiments, the user interface includes an indication  1438   b  of the name of the snow mountain range, a portion  1440   c  of the map that corresponds to the snow mountain range, a portion  1440   d  of the map that corresponds to regions other than the snow mountain range, and an indication  1420   e  of information about the downtown region. 
     In some embodiments, the portion  1440   c  of the map corresponding to the snow mountain range is displayed more visually prominently than the portion  1440   d  of the map corresponding to regions other than the snow mountain range. For example, the portion  1440   d  of the map corresponding to regions other than the snow mountain range is blurred and/or darkened, as represented by the shading of portion  1440   d  in  FIG.  14 Q . In some embodiments, if the portion of the map illustrated in  FIG.  14 Q  was displayed not in response to a request to search for the snow mountain range, then portions  1440   d  of the map would not be blurred and/or darkened. In some embodiments, indication  1420   e  includes an indication  1422   n  of the name of the snow mountain range, an indication  1422   p  of the distance between the current location of the electronic device  500  and the snow mountain range, an option  1422   q  to present navigation directions from the current location of the electronic device  500  to the snow mountain range, and an option  1422   d  to cease display of the indication  1420   e.    
     Although  FIGS.  14 P- 14 Q  show no details of the map outside of the region corresponding to a result of a search input provided to the electronic device  500 , it should be understood that, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays some detail outside of the highlighted regions, but less detail than what would be shown in a map displayed other than in response to the request to search. For example, referring to  FIG.  14 P , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays one or more indications of roads, buildings, and/or points of interest in region  1440   b  but with less in number or with less detail than the number and detail of these elements that would be displayed if the electronic device  500  presented the portion of the map illustrated in  FIG.  14 P  other than in response to a request to search for the downtown region. As another example, referring to  FIG.  14 Q , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays one or more indications of topography, plants, and/or points of interest in region  1440   d  but with less in number or with less detail than the number and detail of these elements that would be displayed if the electronic device  500  presented the portion of the map illustrated in  FIG.  14 Q  other than in response to a request to search for the snow mountain range. Moreover, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays regions other than the region corresponding to the search with reduced visual prominence (e.g., darkened, blurred, increased translucency) relative to the region corresponding to the search. 
       FIG.  15    is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects in accordance with some embodiments. The method  1500  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , and device  500 , as described above with reference to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  2 - 3 ,  4 A- 4 B and  5 A- 5 H . Some operations in method  1500  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1500  provides ways in which an electronic device presents representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects in accordance with some embodiments. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 A , method  1500  is performed at an electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) in communication with a display generation component (e.g.,  504 ) and one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) is a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player, or a wearable device), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device), optionally in communication with one or more of a mouse (e.g., external), trackpad (optionally integrated or external), remote control device (e.g., external), another mobile device (e.g., separate from the electronic device), a handheld device (e.g., external), and/or a controller (e.g., external, etc.), or a set-top box in communication one or more input devices (e.g., a remote control). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display), external display such as a monitor, projector, television, or a hardware component (optionally integrated or external) for projecting a user interface or causing a user interface to be visible to one or more users, etc. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 C , while displaying, via the display generation component, a map user interface that includes a map, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects ( 1502 ), via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contact  1403   e ) corresponding to a request to search for a respective physical object in the map user interface. In some embodiments, the map includes representations of physical objects (e.g., buildings, landforms, landmarks, infrastructure, plants, etc.) in a physical region. In some embodiments, the locations, sizes, shapes, etc. of the representations of physical objects on the map correspond to the locations, sizes, shapes, etc. of the physical objects in the physical region. In some embodiments, the respective physical object is an address, point of interest, business name, landform, landmark, body of water, category of place (e.g., “restaurant,” “shopping mall,” “deli,” “hiking trail,” etc.). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input ( 1504 ), in accordance with a determination that the respective physical object is a first physical object, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 1506 ), in the map user interface, a first representation (e.g.,  1402   a ) of the first physical object on the map, wherein the first representation is displayed from a first perspective relative to a reference point with respect to the map, such as in  FIG.  14 E . In some embodiments, the first representation is a three-dimensional model of the respective physical object, such as the three-dimensional models described above with reference to method  1300 . In some embodiments, the first representation is a two-dimensional image of the first physical object. In some embodiments, if there is a three-dimensional model corresponding to the respective physical object, the first perspective is a view of a respective portion of the three-dimensional model. For example, if the respective physical object is a building, the first perspective is a view of the front of the building. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional model is custom-made by a human (e.g., using computer imaging software). In some embodiments, the three-dimensional model is algorithmically generated. In some embodiments, if there is not a three-dimensional model corresponding to the respective physical object, the electronic device displays a two-dimensional representation of the object and the first perspective is a bird&#39;s-eye view with an orientation independent from the orientation of the physical object (e.g., such that north (or south) is at the top of the display generation component). 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input ( 1504 ), in accordance with a determination that the respective physical object is a second physical object, different from the first physical object, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays ( 1508 ), in the map user interface, a second representation (e.g.,  1402   b ) of the second physical object on the map, wherein the second representation is displayed from a second perspective relative to the reference point, the second perspective different from the first perspective. In some embodiments, the second perspective differs from the first perspective in amount of zoom and virtual camera angle. In some embodiments, at least one of the perspectives is a non-zero angle relative to gravity, such that at least one (e.g., partially) vertical surface of the representation of the object is visible. In some embodiments, at least one of the perspectives is a bird&#39;s eye view. The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the physical object from one of two perspectives provides an efficient way of orienting the representation of the physical object to show relevant information to the user, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 C , when the input (e.g., via contact  1403   e ) corresponding to the request to search for the respective physical object is received, the map user interface includes the map displayed from a third perspective relative to the reference point, different from the first perspective. In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the respective physical object is the first physical object, the electronic device updates the perspective of the map from the third perspective to the first perspective in response to the input automatically without detecting one or more inputs for adjusting the perspective of the map. The above-described manner of displaying the map from the third perspective when the input corresponding to the request to search is detected and updating the perspective to the first perspective when presenting the first representation provides an efficient way of automatically presenting the first representation from the first perspective in response to the input to search which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first representation (e.g.,  1402   a ) of the first physical object on the map is a three-dimensional representation of the first physical object on the map, such as in  FIG.  14 E , and the second representation (e.g.,  1432   b ) of the second physical object on the map is a two-dimensional representation of the second physical object on the map, such as in  FIG.  14 O . In some embodiments, the first physical object is associated with a three-dimensional representation that was created by a human (e.g., using a computer imaging application) and the second physical object is not associated with a three-dimensional representation (e.g., a three-dimensional representation created by a human). In some embodiments, the electronic device presents search results that have associated three-dimensional representations from perspectives associated with the particular three-dimensional representations being presented and presents search results that do not have associated three-dimensional representations from a predetermined perspective irrespective of the particular object being presented. In some embodiments, the electronic device always presents search results that do not have associated three-dimensional representations from the same predetermined respective perspective. In some embodiments, the first perspective is a perspective that shows at least part of a (e.g., partially, substantially) vertical surface of the first representation and the second perspective is a bird&#39;s eye view. The above-described manner of presenting the three-dimensional representation of the first physical object from the first perspective and presenting the two-dimensional representation of the second physical object from the second perspective provides an efficient way of presenting the representations from perspectives that show respective interesting or important features of the physical objects, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the first representation (e.g.,  1402   a ) of the first physical object on the map is a three-dimensional representation of the first physical object on the map, such as in  FIG.  14 E , and the second representation (e.g.,  1402   b ) of the second physical object on the map is a two-dimensional representation of the second physical object on the map, such as in  FIG.  14 G . In some embodiments, the electronic device presents three-dimensional representations of search results from perspectives that show at least part of a (e.g., partially, substantially) vertical surface of the three-dimensional representations. In some embodiments, the perspectives show a predetermined portion or side of the three-dimensional representations. For example, the first perspective shows the entrance of a building corresponding to the first physical object and the second perspective shows a plurality of well-known features of a natural landmark corresponding to the second physical object. In some embodiments, if the front/façade of different models are oriented differently, the electronic device displays the models from different perspectives in response to requests to search for the objects corresponding to the models. The above-described manner of presenting the three-dimensional representations of the first and second physical objects from different perspectives provides an efficient way of presenting well-known or recognizable details related to the first and second physical objects in response to an input to search, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 L , the input (e.g., via contact  1403   h ) corresponding to the request to search for the respective physical object in the map user interface includes input of an address associated with the respective physical object (e.g., without input of a name for the object). In some embodiments, in response to the search input, the electronic device presents a representation of the respective physical object located at the address provided by the user. The above-described manner of presenting search results in response to receiving an input corresponding to a request to search for an address provides an efficient way of presenting representations of a physical objects at respective addresses, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 F , the input (e.g., via contact  1403   g ) corresponding to the request to search for the respective physical object in the map user interface includes input of a name associated with the respective physical object (e.g., without input of an address for the object). In some embodiments, the name associated with the object is a proper name of the object (e.g., the name of a building, natural landmark, institution, business, etc.) or a name of the type of the object (e.g., a category of a business, a category of a natural landmark, etc.). For example, the electronic device is able to search for “Joe&#39;s Restaurant,” “Chinese food,” “dinner,” “restaurant,” etc. In some embodiments, the name of the physical object is associated with a contact of (e.g., a user account of) the electronic device. For example, if an address book of (e.g., a user account associated with) the electronic device includes an address for a respective contact, in response to a request to search the map for the respective contact, the electronic device displays an indication of the location of the address (or a model of the address if one is available). The above-described manner of presenting search results in response to an input corresponding to a request to search for the name of a respective physical object provides an efficient way of presenting representations of objects based on the names of the objects, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the map user interface that includes the map, wherein the map is displayed from a third perspective relative to the reference point, different from the first perspective, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects, via the one or more input devices, a respective input (e.g., via contacts  1403   a  and  1403   b ) (e.g., or sequence of a plurality of respective inputs) other than a search input corresponding to an input to modify display of the map in the map user interface, such as in  FIG.  14 A . In some embodiments, the respective input corresponds to a request to pan, rotate, and/or zoom the viewpoint through which the maps user interface is presented. 
     In some embodiments, in response to receiving the respective input (e.g., or sequence of a plurality of respective inputs), the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) modifies) display of the map in the map user interface in accordance with the respective input, including displaying the first representation (e.g.,  1402   a ) of the first physical object on the map, wherein the first representation (e.g.,  1402   a ) is displayed from the first perspective relative to the reference point with respect to the map, such as in  FIG.  14 B . In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the first representation from the first perspective in response to a sequence of a plurality of inputs to adjust the perspective relative to the reference point that includes more inputs than the number of inputs needed to search from the first object. Thus, in some embodiments, the search result for the first physical object displays a portion of the map that is also displayable via a manual pan, rotate, and/or zoom input. The above-described manner of presenting the first representation from the first perspective in response to the respective input other than a search input to modify display of the map in the map user interface provides an efficient way of viewing the first representation from the first perspective without searching for the first object which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 E , the first representation (e.g.,  1402   a ) of the first physical object is a three-dimensional representation of the first physical object (e.g., building, bridge, other manmade structure), other than terrain, on the map. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional representation includes shading, contours, etc. that capture the three-dimensional details of the first physical object. The above-described manner of displaying the three-dimensional representation in response to the search input provides an efficient way of presenting the appearance of the first physical object in response to the input to search for the first physical object, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 G , the first representation (e.g.,  1402   b ) of the first physical object is a three-dimensional representation of a portion of a terrain (e.g., and/or topography) of the map. In some embodiments, the first physical object is a mountain, mountain range, valley, canyon, island, peninsula, or other landform. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional representation includes shading, contours, etc. that capture the three-dimensional details of the first physical object. Thus, in some embodiments, the search result focuses in on a portion of the terrain/land of the map rather than an object on top of that terrain/land of the map. The above-described manner of displaying the three-dimensional representation in response to the search input provides an efficient way of presenting the appearance of the first physical object in response to the input to search for the first physical object, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 C , while displaying, via the display generation component (e.g.,  504 ), the map user interface that includes the map, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) detects, via the one or more input devices, a respective input (e.g., via contact  1403   e ) corresponding to a request to search for a first respective region in the map user interface. In some embodiments, the region is a city, state, country, county, or neighborhood. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 P , in response to detecting the respective input, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, in the map user interface the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ) of the map. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 P , in response to detecting the respective input, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, in the map user interface a second respective region (e.g.,  1440   b ), different from the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ), of the map, wherein the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ) of the map is displayed with a visual characteristic (e.g., color, translucency, style, shading, etc.) having a first value, and the second respective region (e.g.,  1440   b ) of the map is displayed with the visual characteristic having a second value, different from the first value. In some embodiments, the first visual characteristic is more visually prominent than the second visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the map with the first respective region highlighted (e.g., in a lighter color, in more vibrant colors, with more contrast, with less translucency, with less blur, and/or etc.) with respect to one or more regions in the vicinity of the region. For example, the electronic device displays the first respective region in full color and displays the second respective region with a darkened and/or blurred appearance. In some embodiments, in response to a request to search for the second respective region, the electronic device displays the second respective region with the visual characteristic having the first value and displays the first respective region with the visual characteristic having the second value. The above-described manner of displaying the first and second regions with different visual characteristics in response to the input corresponding to a request to search for the first region provides an efficient way of distinguishing the first region from the second region on the map, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 P , displaying the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ) of the map with the visual characteristic having the first value includes, in accordance with a determination that the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ) includes a first respective point of interest, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, in the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ), a first visual indication (e.g.,  1442   a ) of the first respective point of interest. In some embodiments, displaying the first respective region of the map with the visual characteristic having the first value includes displaying indications of points of interest within the region. In some embodiments, the points of interest displayed in the first region are curated points of interest that are displayed in response to a request to search for the first respective region. In some embodiments, points of interest include businesses and other public spaces. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 P , displaying second first respective region (e.g.,  1440   b ) of the map with the visual characteristic having the second value includes, in accordance with a determination that the second respective region (e.g.,  1440   b ) includes a second respective point of interest, forgoing displaying, in the second respective region, a second visual indication of the second respective point of interest. In some embodiments, displaying the second respective region of the map with the visual characteristic having the second value includes not displaying indications of points of interest within the region. In some embodiments, while displaying the first respective region and second respective region in the map (e.g., from the same perspective with which the first and second region are displayed in response to the input to search for the first region) without having detected an input corresponding to a request to search for the first region, the electronic device concurrently displays the first visual indication of the first respective point of interest and the second visual indication of the second respective point of interest. In some embodiments, in response to an input corresponding to a request to search for the second region, the electronic device displays the second visual indication of the second respective point of interest without displaying the first visual indication of the first respective point of interest. The above-described manner of displaying visual indications of points of interest in the first respective region and forgoing display of indications of points of interest outside of the first respective region in response to an input to search for the first respective region provides an efficient way of presenting details about the first respective region in response to the input to search for the first respective region, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 P , displaying the first respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ) of the map with the visual characteristic having the first value includes displaying a given feature (e.g., representation of physical object, representation of terrain, etc.) of the map in the first respective region with a first level of detail. In some embodiments, the level of detail includes ornamental detail (e.g., colors, shading, visual effects) and informational detail (e.g., street names, points of interest, representations of physical objects, trees, buildings, lane markings). In some embodiments, while displaying the map including the first respective region not in response to an input to search for the first respective region, the electronic device displays the given feature of the map in the first respective region with the first level of detail. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG.  14 P , displaying second respective region (e.g.,  1440   a ) of the map with the visual characteristic having the second value includes displaying the given feature of the map in the second respective region with a second level of detail, lower than the first level of detail. In some embodiments, while displaying the map including the second respective region not in response to an input to search for the first respective region, the electronic device displays the given feature of the map in the second respective region with the first level of detail. In some embodiments, while displaying the map including the first and second respective regions not in response to an input to search for the first respective region, the electronic device displays the given features of the map in the first and second respective regions at the same level of detail. For example, the electronic device displays indications of points of interest within the region and forgoes display of indications of points of interest outside of the region (e.g., that would have been displayed at the respective zoom level with which the electronic device is currently displaying the map if the first respective region of the map was not being highlighted). The above-described manner of presenting the first respective region in more detail than the second respective region provides an efficient way of presenting additional details about a region that the user searched for, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the map includes visual indications of political borders. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays visual indications of disputed borders with a different visual characteristic (e.g., color, pattern, line styling, etc.) than visual indications of borders that are not disputed. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, in accordance with the determination that the respective physical object is the first physical object, the electronic device (e.g.,  500 ) displays, in the map user interface, an animation of information associated with the first physical object, such as in  FIGS.  14 G- 14 K . In some embodiments, the electronic device animates text including information associated with the first physical object. In some embodiments, the electronic device animates visual indications of points of interest of the first physical object. For example, the first physical object is a mountain and the electronic device presents an animation of the name of the mountain (e.g., being typed out one letter at a time, shimmering, sparkling, appearing and then disappearing, etc.) and an animation of initiating display of indications of points of interest (e.g., summits, landmarks, etc.) on the mountain one at a time. The above-described manner of presenting an animation of information associated with the first physical object provides an efficient way of presenting information about an object the user searched for, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG.  15    have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and/or  1300 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1500  described above with respect to  FIG.  15   . For example, the ways of presenting representations of physical objects in maps in response to requests to search for physical objects described above with reference to method  1500  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting navigation routes from various perspectives, modifying display of representations of physical objects in the vicinity of a navigation route while presenting navigation directions, modifying display of portions of a navigation route that are occluded by representations of (e.g., physical) objects in a map, and/or presenting representations of physical objects in maps described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and/or  1300 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described with respect to  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B,  3 ,  5 A- 5 H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG.  15    are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . For example, detecting operation  1502  is, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS.  1 A- 1 B . 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from specific and legitimate sources to improve the display of device location information to users. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to identify a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, online identifiers, telephone numbers, email addresses, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, license plate numbers, or any other personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to display the user&#39;s current location, display the user&#39;s favorite or recently visited locations, and/or provide suggested navigation routes. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to have more information about the user&#39;s or the device&#39;s location. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that those entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities would be expected to implement and consistently apply privacy practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining the privacy of users. Such information regarding the use of personal data should be prominent and easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate uses only. Further, such collection/sharing should occur only after receiving the consent of the users or other legitimate basis specified in applicable law. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations that may serve to impose a higher standard. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. In another example, users can select not to enable location services (e.g., while not using a navigation or maps application). In yet another example, users can select to limit the sharing of the device&#39;s location information. In addition to providing “opt in” and “opt out” options, the present disclosure contemplates providing notifications relating to the access or use of personal information. For instance, a user may be notified upon displaying the map application that the current location of the electronic device will be used and then reminded again before navigation routes are determined and/or displayed. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing identifiers, controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data at city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods such as differential privacy. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, users can browse locations and/or navigation routes on maps without providing the current location of the electronic device. 
     It is well understood that the use of personally identifiable information should follow privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining the privacy of users. In particular, personally identifiable information data should be managed and handled so as to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use, and the nature of authorized use should be clearly indicated to users, such as by anonymizing personally identifiable information. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.